UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC. 20549
FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 or
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________.
Commission file number: 0-21121
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE 06-1456680
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
7 LASER LANE, WALLINGFORD, CT 06492
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code 203-859-6800
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS NAME OF EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
------------------- ------------------------------------
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as
defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act).
Yes [ ] No [X]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act.
Yes [ ] No [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any other amendment
to this Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated
filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check
one):
Large accelerated filer [ ] Accelerated filer [X] Non-accelerated filer [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes [ ] No [X]
As of June 30, 2006 the aggregate market value of the registrant's issued and
outstanding voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was
$93,200,000.
As of February 28, 2007, the registrant had outstanding 9,574,777 shares of
common stock, $0.01 par value.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 15,
2007 - Part III (Items 10-14).
1
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
INDEX
Page No.
--------
PART I.
Item 1. Business 3 - 7
Item 1A. Risk Factors 7 - 10
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 10
Item 2. Properties 10 - 11
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 11
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 11
PART II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related
Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities 12 - 13
Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data 14
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations 15 - 27
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk 27
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 28 - 51
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure 52
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 52 - 53
PART III.
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 53
Item 11. Executive Compensation 53
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters 53 - 54
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 54
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 54
PART IV.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 55 - 57
Signatures 58
PART I
2
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
THE COMPANY
TransAct was incorporated in June 1996 and began operating as a stand-alone
business in August 1996 as a spin-off of the printer business that was formerly
conducted by certain subsidiaries of Tridex Corporation. We completed an initial
public offering on August 22, 1996.
TransAct Technologies Incorporated ("TransAct" or the "Company") designs,
develops, assembles, markets and services world-class transaction printers under
the Epic(TM) and Ithaca(R) brand names. Known and respected worldwide for
innovative designs and real-world service reliability, our impact, thermal and
inkjet printers generate top-quality transaction records such as receipts,
tickets, coupons, register journals and other documents. We focus on two core
markets: (1) point-of-sale ("POS") and banking and (2) gaming and lottery. We
sell our products to original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs"), value-added
resellers ("VARs"), selected distributors, as well as directly to end-users. Our
product distribution spans across the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa,
Asia, Australia, the Caribbean Islands and the South Pacific. In addition, we
have a strong focus on the after-market side of the business, with a growing
commitment to printer service, supplies and spare parts. We have one primary
operating facility located in Ithaca, NY, five sales offices located in the
United States (including our global gaming and lottery headquarters and western
region service center in Las Vegas, NV), and a European sales and service center
in the United Kingdom. Our executive offices and eastern region service center
are located at 7 Laser Lane, Wallingford, CT 06492, with a telephone number of
(203) 859-6800.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENTS
We have determined that we operate in one reportable segment, the design,
development, assembly and marketing of transaction printers and printer-related
service, supplies and spare parts.
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Printers
TransAct designs, develops, assembles and markets a broad array of
transaction-based printers utilizing inkjet, thermal and impact printing
technology for applications requiring up to 60 character columns, primarily in
the POS and banking, and gaming and lottery markets. Our printers are
configurable and offer customers the ability to choose from a variety of
features and functions. Options typically include interface configuration, paper
cutting devices, paper handling capacities and cabinetry color. In addition to
our configurable printers, we design and assemble custom printers for certain
OEM customers. In collaboration with these customers, we provide engineering and
manufacturing expertise for the design and development of specialized printers.
POS and banking: Our POS and banking printers include hundreds of optional
configurations that can be selected to meet particular customer needs. We
believe that this is a significant competitive strength, as it allows us to
satisfy a wide variety of printing applications that our customers request. In
the POS market, we sell several models of printers utilizing inkjet, thermal and
impact printing technology. Our printers are used primarily by retailers in the
hospitality, restaurant (including fine dining, casual dining, and fast food)
and specialty retail industries to print receipts for consumers, validate
checks, or print on other inserted media. We also sell printers that are used by
banks, credit unions and other financial institutions to print and/or validate
receipts at bank teller stations.
Gaming and lottery: In the lottery portion of our gaming and lottery
market, we supply lottery printers to GTECH, our largest customer and the
world's largest provider of lottery terminals, with an approximate 70% market
share. These printers are designed for high-volume, high-speed printing of
lottery tickets for various lottery applications.
In the gaming portion of our gaming and lottery market, we sell several
models of printers used in slot machines and video lottery terminals that print
tickets instead of issuing coins at casinos, racetracks and other gaming
establishments worldwide. These printers utilize thermal printing technology and
can print tickets in monochrome or two-color (depending upon the model), and
offer various other features such as jam resistant bezels and a dual port
interface that will allow casinos to print coupons/promotions. In addition, we
sell printers using thermal and impact printing technology for use in non-casino
gaming establishments, including game types such as Amusements with Prizes
("AWP"), Skills with Prizes ("SWP"), Video lottery terminals ("VLT"), Fixed Odds
Betting Terminals ("FOBT") and other off-premise gaming type machines around the
world.
TransAct Services Group
Through our TransAct Services Group, we proactively market the sale of
consumable products (including inkjet cartridges, ribbons and receipt paper),
replacement parts and maintenance services for all of our products. Our
maintenance services include the sale of extended warranties, multi-year
maintenance contracts, 24-hour guaranteed replacement product service TransAct
Xpress(SM), and other repair services for our printers. Within the United
States, we provide repair services
3
through our eastern region service center in Wallingford, CT and our western
region service center in Las Vegas, NV. Internationally, we provide repair
services through our European service center located in Doncaster, United
Kingdom, and through partners strategically located around the world.
We also provide customers with telephone sales and technical support, and a
personal account representative to handle orders, shipping and general
information. Technical and sales support personnel receive training on all of
our manufactured products and our services.
Product Warranty
Our printers generally carry up to a two-year limited warranty against
defects in material and workmanship. Defective equipment may be returned to any
of our service centers, or our manufacturing facility in Ithaca, NY for
newly-released printers only, for repair or replacement during the applicable
warranty period.
PRODUCTION, MANUFACTURING AND SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS
We design our products to optimize product performance, quality,
reliability and durability. These designs combine cost efficient materials,
sourcing and assembly methods with high standards of workmanship. We finalize
assembly of our products in our Ithaca, NY facility largely on a
configure-to-order basis using components that have been sourced from around the
world. Our manufacturing engineers work closely with our new product engineers
and vendors during the development of new products. As a result, this
collaboration increases manufacturing efficiency by specifying materials and
designing manufacturing processes in conjunction with new product design.
We procure component parts and subassemblies for use in the manufacture and
assembly of our products. Critical component parts and subassemblies include
inkjet, thermal and impact printheads, printing/cutting mechanisms, power
supplies, motors, injection molded plastic parts, circuit boards and electronic
components, which are obtained from domestic and foreign suppliers at
competitive prices. In addition, we have begun to procure fully assembled
printers from a foreign supplier. We typically strive to maintain more than one
source for our component parts, subassemblies and fully assembled printers to
reduce the risk of parts shortages or unavailability. However, we could
experience temporary disruption if certain suppliers ceased doing business with
us, as described below.
Okidata Americas, Inc. ("Okidata"), is the sole supplier for an impact
printer component kit consisting of a printhead, control board and carriage (the
"Oki Kit"), that is used in all of our Ithaca(R) brand impact printers. The loss
of the supply of Oki Kits would have a material adverse effect on TransAct.
However, sales of impact printers continue to decline as sales of these printers
are replaced by sales of thermal and inkjet printers. As such, we believe that
any possible loss of supply of Oki Kits will have less of an impact on TransAct
in 2007 and beyond. Although we do not have a supply agreement with Okidata, our
relationship with Okidata remains strong and we have no reason to believe that
Okidata will discontinue its supply of Oki Kits to us or that their terms to us
will be any less favorable than they have been historically.
Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP") is the sole supplier of inkjet cartridges
that are used in all of our inkjet printers. The loss of the supply of HP inkjet
cartridges would have a material adverse effect on the sale of our inkjet
printers. Prior to February 2006, we had a supply agreement with HP to purchase
inkjet cartridges at fixed prices. This agreement expired on February 1, 2006
and was not renewed, as HP informed us that they no longer maintain supply
agreements for these inkjet cartridges; however, we continue to purchase inkjet
cartridges from HP. Although we no longer have a supply agreement with HP, our
relationship with HP remains strong and we have no reason to believe that HP
will discontinue its supply of inkjet cartridges to us. The inkjet cartridges we
purchase from HP are used not only in our inkjet printers for the POS and
banking market, but also in other manufacturer's printing devices across several
other markets.
We currently buy substantially all of our thermal print mechanisms, an
important component of our thermal printers, from one supplier. Although we
believe that other suppliers could provide similar thermal print mechanisms on
comparable terms, a change in suppliers could cause a delay in manufacturing and
possible loss of sales which may have a material adverse effect on our operating
results.
4
PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
We have significantly expanded our patent portfolio over the past six
years, and expect to continue to do so in the future. We also believe our patent
portfolio could provide additional opportunities to license our intellectual
property in the future. We hold 21 United States and nine foreign patents and
have nine United States and 19 foreign patent applications pending pertaining to
our products. The duration of these patents range from 11 to 18 years. The
expiration of any individual patent would not have a significant negative impact
on our business. We regard certain manufacturing processes and designs to be
proprietary and attempt to protect them through employee and third-party
nondisclosure agreements and similar means. It may be possible for unauthorized
third parties to copy certain portions of our products or to reverse engineer or
otherwise obtain and use, to our detriment, information that we regard as
proprietary. Moreover, the laws of some foreign countries do not afford the same
protection to our proprietary rights as do United States laws. There can be no
assurance that legal protections relied upon by the Company to protect our
proprietary position will be adequate or that our competitors will not
independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior
to our technologies.
During 2004, we signed a cross licensing agreement with Seiko Epson. Under
the agreement, Seiko Epson received a license to three of our patents, and we
received a license to eighteen of Seiko Epson's patents relating to printing
applications for the point of sale and banking markets. In addition, we agreed
to pay $900,000 as a royalty for the usage of certain Seiko Epson technology
prior to January 1, 2003, which was paid in full by January 2005. Under the
agreement, we continue to pay royalties on a quarterly basis related to the
sales of licensed printers, which is reflected in cost of sales.
SEASONALITY
Retailers typically reduce purchases of new POS equipment in the fourth
quarter, due to the increased volume of consumer transactions in that holiday
period, and our sales of printers in the POS market historically have increased
in the third quarter and decreased in the fourth quarter. Similarly,
installations of lottery terminals are typically reduced in the fourth quarter,
resulting in decreased sales of lottery printers.
CERTAIN CUSTOMERS
We currently have an ongoing OEM purchase agreement, as amended in February
2006, (the "GTECH Thermal Printer Agreement") with GTECH Corporation ("GTECH")
that provides for the sale of thermal on-line lottery printers and spare parts,
at fixed prices, through June 28, 2012. Firm purchase orders for printers under
the GTECH Thermal Printer Agreement may be placed as required by GTECH. Prior to
this agreement, we had a purchase agreement with GTECH that provided for the
sale of impact on-line lottery printers and spare parts through December 31,
2004. Because our new thermal on-line lottery printer is a replacement for our
impact on-line printer, we do not expect any further shipments of impact on-line
lottery printers. However, we do expect to continue to sell spare parts to GTECH
for the remaining installed base of impact on-line lottery printers, although we
expect such sales to decline as the installed base of impact on-line lottery
printers are replaced with our thermal printer.
BACKLOG
Our backlog of firm orders was approximately $4,300,000 as of February 28,
2007, compared to $8,300,000 as of February 28, 2006. Based on customers'
current delivery requirements, we expect to ship our entire current backlog
during 2007.
COMPETITION
The market for transaction-based printers is extremely competitive, and we
expect such competition to continue in the future. We compete with a number of
companies, many of which have greater financial, technical and marketing
resources than us. We believe our ability to compete successfully depends on a
number of factors both within and outside our control, including durability,
reliability, quality, design capability, product customization, price, customer
support, success in developing new products, manufacturing expertise and
capacity, supply of component parts and materials, strategic relationships with
suppliers, the timing of new product introductions by us and our competitors,
general market, economic and political conditions and, in some cases, the
uniqueness of our products.
In the POS and banking market, our major competitor is Epson America, Inc.,
which holds a dominant market position of the POS markets into which we sell. We
also compete, to a much lesser extent, with Transaction Printer Group, Star
Micronics America, Inc., Citizen -- CBM America Corporation, Pertech Resources,
Inc. and Samsung/Bixolon. Certain competitors of ours have greater financial
resources, lower costs attributable to higher volume production and sometimes
offer lower prices than us.
In the lottery market (consisting principally of on-line lottery
transaction printing), we hold a leading position, based largely on our
long-term purchase agreement with GTECH, which holds approximately 70% market
share of the worldwide on-line lottery market. We compete in this market based
solely on our ability to provide specialized, custom-engineered products to
GTECH.
5
In the gaming market (consisting principally of slot machine and video
lottery terminal transaction printing), we compete with several companies
including FutureLogic, Inc., Nanoptix, Inc., Custom Engineering SPA and others.
Certain of our products sold for gaming applications compete based upon our
ability to provide highly specialized products, custom engineering and ongoing
technical support.
The TransAct Services Group business is highly fragmented, and we compete
with numerous competitors of various sizes depending on the geographic area.
Our strategy for competing in our markets is to continue to develop new
products and product line extensions, to increase our geographic market
penetration, to take advantage of strategic relationships, and to lower product
costs by sourcing certain products overseas. Although we believe that our
products, operations and relationships provide a competitive foundation, there
can be no assurance that we will compete successfully in the future. In
addition, our products utilize certain inkjet, thermal and impact printing
technology. If other technologies, or variations to existing technologies were
to evolve or become available to us, it is possible that we would incorporate
these technologies into our products. Alternatively, if such technologies were
to evolve or become available to our competitors, our products could become
obsolete, which would have a significant negative impact on our business.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
We spent approximately $2,824,000, $2,726,000 and $2,715,000 in 2006, 2005
and 2004, respectively, on engineering, design and product development efforts
in connection with specialized engineering and design to introduce new products
and to customize existing products.
ENVIRONMENT
We are not aware of any material noncompliance with federal, state and
local provisions that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of
materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the
environment.
EMPLOYEES
As of February 28, 2007, TransAct and our subsidiaries employed 185
persons, of whom 172 were full-time and 13 were temporary employees. None of our
employees are unionized, and we consider our relationships with our employees to
be good.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
We have foreign operations primarily from TransAct Technologies Ltd., a
wholly-owned subsidiary located in the United Kingdom, which had sales to its
customers of $2,722,000, $2,181,000, and $1,000,000, (primarily for the service
of printers used in the British Post Office) in 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. We had export sales from our domestic operations of approximately
$11,416,000, $10,137,000 and $5,423,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Total international sales, which include sales from our foreign subsidiary and
export sales from our domestic operations, were approximately $14,138,000,
$12,318,000 and $6,423,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We make available free of charge through our internet website,
WWW.TRANSACT-TECH.COM, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form
10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon
as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or
furnished to the SEC.
We maintain a Code of Business Conduct that includes our code of ethics
that is applicable to all employees, including our Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer and Controller. This Code, which requires continued
observance of high ethical standards such as honesty, integrity and compliance
with the law in the conduct of our business, is available for public access on
our internet website. Any person may request a copy of our Code of Business
Conduct free of charge by calling (203) 859-6800.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The following list is included as an unnumbered item in Part I of this
Report in lieu of being included in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on May 15, 2007.
6
The following is a list of the names and ages of all executive officers of the
registrant, indicating all positions and offices with the registrant held by
each such person and each person's principal occupations and employment during
at least the past five years.
Name Age Position
---- --- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Bart C. Shuldman 49 Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Steven A. DeMartino 37 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
Secretary
Michael S. Kumpf 57 Executive Vice President - Engineering
BART C. SHULDMAN has been Chief Executive Officer, President and a Director
of the Company since its formation in June 1996. Previously, Mr. Shuldman served
as President of Magnetec and later the combined operations of Magnetec and
Ithaca Peripherals from August 1993 until June 1996. In February 2001, Mr.
Shuldman was elected Chairman of the Board.
STEVEN A. DEMARTINO was named as TransAct's Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary on June 1, 2004. Previously, Mr.
DeMartino served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Information Technology
from October 2001 to May 2004, Vice President and Corporate Controller from
January 1998 to October 2001, and Corporate Controller from August 1996 to
December 1997. Prior to joining TransAct, Mr. DeMartino was a self-employed
financial consultant from May 1996 to August 1996. Prior to that, Mr. DeMartino
served as Controller of Copart, Inc. from September 1994 to May 1996. Mr.
DeMartino is a certified public accountant.
MICHAEL S. KUMPF was appointed Executive Vice President of Engineering in
March 2002. He served as Senior Vice President, Engineering from June 1996 to
March 2002 and Vice President, Engineering of Ithaca Peripherals from 1991 until
June 1996.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Investors should carefully consider the risks, uncertainties and other factors
described below, as well as other disclosures in Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, because they could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating
results, and growth prospects. The risks described below and incorporated by
reference are not the only ones facing our Company. Additional risks not known
to us now or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business
operations.
Our success will depend on our ability to sustain and manage growth.
As part of our business strategy, we intend to pursue an aggressive growth
strategy. Assuming this growth occurs, it will require the expansion of
distribution relationships in international markets, the successful development
and marketing of new products, expanded customer service and support, an
increased number of personnel throughout the Company and the continued
implementation and improvement of our operational, financial and management
information systems.
To the extent that we seek growth through acquisitions, our ability to manage
our growth will also depend on our ability to integrate businesses that have
previously operated independently. We may not be able to achieve this
integration without encountering difficulties or experiencing the loss of key
employees, customers or suppliers. It may be difficult to design and implement
effective financial controls for combined operations and differences in existing
controls for each business may result in weaknesses that require remediation
when the financial controls and reporting functions are combined.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement our
growth strategy, or that we can successfully manage expanded operations. As the
Company expands, we may from time to time experience constraints that will
adversely affect our ability to satisfy customer demand in a timely fashion.
Failure to manage growth effectively could adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition.
We compete in a highly competitive market, which is likely to become more
competitive. Competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging
technology and changes in customer requirements.
We face significant competition in developing and selling our printers and
services. Principal competitors have substantial marketing, financial,
development and personnel resources. To remain competitive, we believe we must
continue to provide:
- Technologically advanced printers that satisfy the user demands,
- Superior customer service,
- High levels of quality and reliability, and
- Dependable and efficient distribution networks.
7
We cannot ensure we will be able to compete successfully against current or
future competitors. Increased competition in printers or supplies may result in
price reductions, lower gross profit margins and loss of market share, and could
require increased spending on research and development, sales and marketing and
customer support. Some competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish
cooperative relationships with suppliers or companies that produce complementary
products. Any of these factors could reduce our earnings.
We have been dependent on sales to one large customer; the loss of this customer
or reduction in orders from this customer could materially affect our sales.
We expect that sales to one large customer will continue to represent a
significant percentage of our net sales for the foreseeable future. A reduction
or delay in orders from this customer, including reductions or delays due to
market, economic, or competitive conditions in the industries in which we serve,
could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations.
We rely on resellers to sell our products and services.
We use a variety of distribution channels, including OEMs and distributors, to
market our products. We may be adversely impacted by any conflicts that could
arise between and among our various sales channels.
Our dependence upon resellers exposes us to numerous risks, including:
- loss of channel and the ability to bring new products to market;
- concentration of credit risk, including disruption in distribution
should the resellers' financial condition deteriorate;
- reduced visibility to end user demand and pricing issues which makes
forecasting more difficult;
- resellers leveraging their buying power to change the terms of
pricing, payment and product delivery schedules; and
- direct competition should a reseller decide to manufacture printers
internally or source printers from a competitor.
We cannot guarantee that resellers will not reduce, delay or eliminate purchases
from us, which could have a material adverse effect upon the business,
consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
Our operating results and financial condition may fluctuate.
Our operating results and financial condition may fluctuate from quarter to
quarter and year to year and are likely to continue to vary due to a number of
factors, many of which are not within our control. If our operating results do
not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, who may derive
their expectations by extrapolating data from recent historical operating
results, the market price of our common stock will likely decline. Fluctuations
in our operating results and financial condition may be due to a number of
factors, including, but not limited to, those identified throughout this "Risk
Factors" section:
- changes in accounting rules
- changes in the amount that we spend to develop, acquire or license new
products, consumables, technologies or businesses;
- changes in the amount we spend to promote our products and services;
- changes in the cost of satisfying our warranty obligations and
servicing our installed base of printers;
- delays between our expenditures to develop and market new or enhanced
printers and consumables and the generation of sales from those
products;
- development of new competitive printers by others;
- the geographic distribution of our sales;
- our responses to price competition;
- the outcome of lawsuits between TransAct and FutureLogic, Inc.
- market acceptance of our products, both domestically and
internationally;
- availability of third-party components at reasonable prices;
- general economic and industry conditions, including changes in
interest rates affecting returns on cash balances and investments,
that affect customer demand;
- severe weather events (such as hurricanes) that can disrupt or
interrupt the operation of our customers facilities; and
- our level of research and development activities.
Due to all of the foregoing factors, and the other risks discussed in this
report, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be an
indicator of future performance.
Our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
8
The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly in response
to variations in quarterly operating results and other factors, such as:
- changes in our business, operations or prospects;
- developments in our relationships with our customers;
- announcements of new products or services by us or by our competitors;
- announcement or completion of acquisitions by us or by our
competitors;
- changes in existing or adoption of additional government regulations;
- unfavorable or reduced analyst coverage; and
- prevailing domestic and international market and economic conditions.
In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price fluctuations in
recent years. Broad market fluctuations, general economic conditions and
specific conditions in the industry in which we operate may adversely affect the
market price of our common stock.
Limited trading volume of our capital stock may contribute to its price
volatility.
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market. During the twelve
months ended December 31, 2006, the average daily trading volume for our common
stock as reported by the NASDAQ National Market was approximately 53,900 shares.
We are uncertain whether a more active trading market in our common stock will
develop. In addition, many investment banks no longer find it profitable to
provide securities research on micro-cap and small-cap companies. If analysts
were to discontinue coverage of our common stock, our trading volume may be
further reduced. As a result, relatively small trades may have a significant
impact on the market price of our common stock, which could increase the
volatility and depress the price of our common stock.
Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.
In the future, we may sell additional shares of our common stock in public or
private offerings, and we may also issue additional shares of our common stock
to finance future acquisitions. Shares of our common stock are also available
for future sale pursuant to stock options that we have granted to our employees,
and in the future we may grant additional stock options and other forms of
equity compensation to our employees. Sales of our common stock or the
perception that such sales could occur may adversely affect prevailing market
prices for shares of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise
capital through future offerings.
We depend on key personnel, the loss of which could materially impact our
business.
Our future success will depend in significant part upon the continued service of
certain key management and other personnel and our continuing ability to attract
and retain highly qualified managerial, technical and sales and marketing
personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be able to recruit and retain
such personnel. The loss of Bart C. Shuldman, the Company's Chairman of the
Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, or the loss of certain groups of
key employees, could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.
We source some of our component parts from sole source suppliers; any
disruptions may impact our ability to manufacture and sell our products.
A disruption in the supply of such component parts could have a material adverse
effect on our operations and financial results.
The inability to protect intellectual property could harm our reputation, and
our competitive position may be materially damaged.
Our intellectual property is valuable and provides us with certain competitive
advantages. Copyrights, patents, trade secrets and contracts are used to protect
these proprietary rights. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for
third parties to copy aspects of our products or, without authorization, to
obtain and use information which we regard as trade secrets.
Infringement on the proprietary rights of others could put us at a competitive
disadvantage, and any related litigation could be time consuming and costly.
Third parties may claim that we violated their intellectual property rights. To
the extent of a violation of a third party's patent or other intellectual
property right, we may be prevented from operating our business as planned and
may be required to pay damages, to obtain a license, if available, or to use a
non-infringing method, if possible, to accomplish our objectives. Any of these
claims, with or without merit, could result in costly litigation and divert the
attention of key personnel. If such claims are successful, they could result in
costly judgments or settlements.
We sell a significant portion of our products internationally and purchase
important components from foreign suppliers. These circumstances create a number
of risks.
9
We sell a significant amount of our products to customers outside the United
States. Shipments to international customers are expected to continue to account
for a material portion of net sales. Risks associated with sales and purchases
outside the United States include:
- Fluctuating foreign currency rates could restrict sales, or increase
costs of purchasing, in foreign countries.
- Foreign governments may impose burdensome tariffs, quotas, taxes,
trade barriers or capital flow restrictions.
- Political and economic instability may reduce demand for our products
or put our foreign assets at risk.
- Restrictions on the export or import of technology may reduce or
eliminate the ability to sell in or purchase from certain markets.
- Potentially limited intellectual property protection in certain
countries, such as China, may limit recourse against infringing
products or cause us to refrain from selling in certain geographic
territories.
We cannot provide any assurance that current laws, or any laws enacted in the
future, will not have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our operations are subject to laws, rules, regulations, including environmental
regulations, government policies and other requirements in each of the
jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Changes in laws, rules, regulations,
policies or requirements could result in the need to modify our products and
could affect the demand for our products, which may have an adverse impact on
our future operating results. In addition, we must comply with new regulations
restricting our ability to include lead and certain other substances in our
products. If we do not comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations we
could be subject to costs and liabilities and our business may be adversely
impacted.
Our business could be adversely affected by actual or threatened terrorist
attacks or the related heightened security measures, military actions and other
efforts to combat terrorism.
Our business could be adversely affected by actual or threatened terrorist
attacks or the related heightened security measures, military actions and other
efforts to combat terrorism. It is possible that terrorist attacks could be
directed at important locations for the gaming industry. Heightened security
measures and other efforts to combat terrorism may also have an adverse effect
on the gaming industry by reducing tourism. Any of these developments could also
negatively affect the general economy and consumer confidence. Any downturn in
the economy or in the gaming industry in particular could reduce demand for our
products and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In
addition, heightened security measures may cause certain governments to restrict
the import/export of goods, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to
buy/sell goods.
Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we
currently believe to be immaterial also may adversely impact our business.
Should any risks or uncertainties develop into actual events, these developments
could have material adverse effects on our business, financial condition, and
results of operations.
We assume no obligation (and specifically disclaim any such obligation) to
update these Risk Factors or any other forward-looking statements contained in
this Annual Report to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or other
factors affecting such forward-looking statements, except as required by law.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
Our corporate headquarters is currently located in Wallingford, CT.
However, in November 2006, we entered into a ten-year lease for office space for
a new, approximately 11,000 square feet corporate headquarters located in
Hamden, CT. We expect to move into our corporate headquarters on approximately
May 1, 2007. Concurrent with the signing of this new lease, we executed an
agreement effective May 1, 2007 to terminate the lease agreement for our
existing corporate headquarters and eastern region service center located in
Wallingford, CT (the "Release Agreement"). Our global engineering and
manufacturing center is located in Ithaca, NY. We also maintain a facility in
Las Vegas, NV that serves as our global gaming and lottery headquarters and
western region service center. Our eastern region service center is currently
located in our Wallingford, CT facility, however, we are currently in
negotiations for a new facility location.
Our principal facilities as of December 31, 2006 are listed below:
Size Owned or Lease Expiration
Location Operations Conducted (Approx. Sq. Ft.) Leased Date
- -------- -------------------- ----------------- -------- ----------------
Wallingford, Connecticut Executive offices and service center 49,000 Leased May 1, 2007
10
Hamden, Connecticut Executive offices 11,000 Leased April 23, 2017
Ithaca, New York Manufacturing facility 74,000 Leased June 30, 2012
Las Vegas, Nevada Service center and gaming and lottery 13,700 Leased January 31, 2010
sales headquarters
Doncaster, United Kingdom Sales office and service center 2,800 Leased August 1, 2009
Georgia (2), New York and
Texas Four regional sales offices 600 Leased Various
We believe that our facilities generally are in good condition, adequately
maintained and suitable for their present and currently contemplated uses.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
On April 28, 2005, we announced that we filed a complaint in Connecticut
Superior Court against FutureLogic, Inc. ("FutureLogic") of Glendale,
California. The complaint charges FutureLogic with disseminating false and
misleading statements, which impugn our business reputation with the intent of
damaging our business. We assert claims of defamation, tortious interference
with contractual relations, tortious interference with business expectancy, and
violation of the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practices Act, and seek an award of
compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys' fees and costs. FutureLogic
removed this action to the United States District Court for the District of
Connecticut and, on June 7, 2005, filed a motion to dismiss the claims for lack
of jurisdiction. On December 7, 2005, we amended our complaint in the action
pending in the District of Connecticut to add claims that FutureLogic's conduct
violated the Lanham Act's bar on false and deceptive advertising.
On May 20, 2005, FutureLogic filed a complaint in the United States
District Court for the Central District of California against us. The complaint
charges us with false advertising, defamation, trade libel, intentional
interference with prospective economic advantage, common law unfair competition
and statutory unfair competition and seeks an award of compensatory and punitive
damages, attorneys' fees and costs. On August 3, 2005, FutureLogic amended its
complaint in California to seek a declaratory judgment that Patent No. 6,924,903
issued to us by the United States Patent and Trademark Office ("PTO") on August
2, 2005, for our dual-port printer technology, is invalid, and that FutureLogic
is not infringing our patent. We moved to dismiss FutureLogic's action in
California, on the grounds that any claims raised in that action should have
been brought as part of the case filed by us in the District of Connecticut. In
the alternative, we moved to stay the California action pending the resolution
of jurisdictional motions in the Connecticut court.
On January 20, 2006, the California District Court filed an order granting
our motion to stay the California proceeding pending the resolution of
jurisdictional motions in the Connecticut case. Under the California court's
order, should the Connecticut court find that it has jurisdiction over
FutureLogic, FutureLogic's case will be transferred to the District of
Connecticut for consolidation with the action pending in that forum. On
September 1, 2006, the District of Connecticut dismissed our case because of a
lack of jurisdiction. The decision was not on the merits of our claims, but on
the jurisdiction of the court in which the suit was brought. The California
District Court has been notified of this development. We intend to vigorously
defend TransAct against FutureLogic's claims, which we believe to be without
merit. At this stage in the proceedings we are unable to estimate any potential
or probable liability.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the last
quarter of the year covered by this report.
11
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol
TACT. As of February 28, 2007, there were 624 holders of record of the common
stock. The high and low sales prices of the common stock reported during each
quarter of the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
Year Ended Year Ended
December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005
----------------- -----------------
High Low High Low
------ ----- ------ -----
First Quarter $ 9.90 $7.80 $22.19 $9.90
Second Quarter 14.87 8.95 10.65 6.71
Third Quarter 11.23 8.49 10.35 6.95
Fourth Quarter 9.38 7.47 8.70 6.09
No dividends on common stock have been declared except for a cash dividend
paid in lieu of fractional shares resulting from our three-for-two stock split
in April 2004, and we do not anticipate declaring dividends in the foreseeable
future. Our new credit agreement with TD Banknorth, N.A. restricts the payment
of cash dividends on our common stock for the term of the agreement.
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
On March 25, 2005, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program
("the Stock Repurchase Program"). Under the Stock Repurchase Program, we are
authorized to repurchase up to $10 million of our outstanding shares of common
stock from time to time in the open market over a three year period ending on
March 25, 2008, depending on market conditions, share price and other factors.
The following table summarizes repurchases of our common stock in the quarter
ended December 31, 2006:
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as Approximate Dollar
Part of Value of
Total Average Publicly Shares that May Yet
Number of Price Announced Be
Shares Paid per Plans or Purchased under the
Period Purchased Share Programs Plans or Programs
- ------ --------- -------- --------------- -------------------
October 1, 2006 - October 31, 2006 -- $ -- -- $5,281,000
November 1, 2006 - November 30, 2006 126,000 $8.81 126,000 $4,170,000
December 1, 2006 - December 31, 2006 78,000 $8.49 78,000 $3,508,000
------- -------
Total 204,000 $8.69 204,000
======= =======
12
CORPORATE PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The following graph compares the cumulative total return on the Company's Common
Stock from December 31, 2001 through December 31, 2006, with the CRSP Total
Return Index for the Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S.) and the Nasdaq Computer
Manufacturer Stocks Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December
31, 2001 in each of the Company's common stock, the CRSP Total Return Index for
the Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S.) and the Nasdaq Computer Manufacturer Stocks
Index, and that all dividends were reinvested.
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN AMONG
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED COMMON STOCK,
THE CRSP TOTAL RETURN INDEX FOR THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET (U.S.),
AND THE NASDAQ COMPUTER MANUFACTURER STOCKS INDEX
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
12/31/01 12/31/02 12/31/03 12/31/04 12/31/05 12/31/06
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
TransAct Technologies Incorporated
Common Stock $100.00 $86.18 $442.73 $582.55 $215.45 $226.36
CRSP Total Return Index for the
Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S.) $100.00 $69.13 $103.36 $112.49 $114.88 $126.23
Nasdaq Computer Manufacturer
Stocks Index $100.00 $66.27 $ 92.18 $120.53 $123.33 $126.30
13
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
AMOUNTS)
The following is summarized from our audited financial statements of the past
five years:
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------------------------------
2006 2005 2004 2003(1) 2002(1)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:
Net sales $64,328 $51,091 $59,847 $52,098 $39,461
Gross profit 22,365 15,590 22,042 15,543 10,216
Operating expenses 16,277 15,366 13,591 12,855 11,200
Operating income (loss) 6,088 224 8,451 2,688 (984)
Net income (loss) 3,916 377 5,458 1,528 (692)
Net income (loss) available
to common shareholders 3,916 377 5,236 1,087 (1,050)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic 0.41 0.04 0.55 0.13 (0.12)
Diluted 0.40 0.04 0.51 0.12 (0.12)
December 31,
-----------------------------------------------
2006 2005 2004 2003 2002
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets $33,706 $29,332 $34,099 $26,361 $22,030
Working capital 16,438 15,375 20,511 11,787 8,798
Long-term debt, excluding
current portion -- -- -- 330 2,791
Redeemable convertible
preferred stock -- -- -- 3,902 3,824
Shareholders' equity 24,290 21,257 23,715 10,347 6,545
(1) Net income (loss) per share amounts have been restated to reflect a
three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend in April
2004.
14
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS.
This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and notes thereto.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements included in this report, including without limitation
statements in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations, which are not historical facts are "forward-looking
statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of
forward-looking terminology, such as "may", "will", "expect", "intend",
"estimate", "anticipate", "believe", "project" or "continue" or the negative
thereof or other similar words. All forward-looking statements involve risks and
uncertainties, including, but not limited to those listed in Item 1A of this
Annual Report. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed in, or
implied by, the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements speak
only as of the date of this report and we assume no duty to update them to
reflect new, changing or unanticipated events or circumstances.
OVERVIEW
The year 2006 was a successful and much improved year for TransAct as
compared to 2005. During 2006, we marked our tenth year as a publicly traded
company by achieving a record level of sales. We also shipped a record 186,000
printers during 2006, led by our top-selling Epic 950(R) casino printer. In
addition to our financial success, some of our other key accomplishments for
2006 include the following:
- Extending our sales contract through 2012 with GTECH for the purchase
of our lottery printers
- Extending our strategic sales alliance through 2009 with Eurocoin, one
of Europe's leading suppliers of products for the amusement and gaming
industries, to sell our gaming and casino printers in Europe and
Africa
- Receiving three new patents, including another key patent in
connection with dual port technology
- Partnering with Merley Paper Converters Ltd., the U.K.'s largest
independent manufacturer of receipt paper rolls, for exclusive U.S.
distribution rights for thermal receipt paper that has true full color
images printed on the front or back under our newly-created
POWEROLL(TM) brand
- Signing an agreement with a leading national office supply chain to
supply inkjet cartridges with an expected annual sales value of $1.4
million
We continue to focus on sales growth in our two core markets, POS and
banking and gaming and lottery, and in our TransAct Services Group, to drive
increased profitability. During 2006, our total net sales increased by 26% to
approximately $64,328,000. See the table below for a breakdown of our sales by
market.
Change
Year ended Year ended --------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005 $ %
----------------- ----------------- ------- ----
POS and banking $16,858 26.2% $16,410 32.1% $ 448 2.7%
Gaming and lottery 34,677 53.9% 23,634 46.3% 11,043 46.7%
TransAct Services Group 12,793 19.9% 11,047 21.6% 1,746 15.8%
------- ----- ------- ----- -------
Total net sales $64,328 100.0% $51,091 100.0% $13,237 25.9%
======= ===== ======= ===== =======
We experienced an increase of approximately 3% in sales of POS and banking
printers in 2006. Although we experienced increases in sales of our line of
thermal printers and our Bankjet(R) printers to existing banking customers,
these increases were largely offset by lower sales of our legacy line of POS
impact printers, as these printers are being replaced by our newer thermal and
inkjet printers. Our sales into the POS and banking market over the last several
years have been impacted by a market shift in technology from impact printing to
thermal and inkjet printing. This change in technology has resulted in declining
sales of our impact printers that were at higher average selling prices and
increasing sales of our thermal and inkjet printers that are at lower average
selling prices. Although our unit sales volume has increased over the last
several years, the revenue generated from those sales have not increased to the
same extent due to lower average selling prices of thermal and inkjet printers
as compared to impact printers. In fact, since 1996, unit sales of all of our
printers, including POS and banking printers, have more than doubled, while
average selling prices of these printers have declined by approximately 38%. We
expect sales of legacy impact printers to continue to decline. In 2007, we plan
to focus a substantial portion of our engineering and product development
resources on continuing to expand our portfolio of POS printers. With the global
POS printer market of approximately $800 million, we have many opportunities for
market share gains, primarily through increasing and enhancing our product
portfolio, increasing geographic coverage, and growing our customer base.
Our focus in the gaming and lottery market is two-fold. On the lottery
side, we continue to hold a leading position based on our long-term purchase
agreement with GTECH Corporation ("GTECH"), our largest customer and the world's
15
largest provider of lottery terminals, with approximately a 70% market share.
GTECH has been our customer since 1995, and we continue to maintain a good
relationship with them. In fact, during 2006, we extended our contract with
GTECH through 2012. Currently, we fulfill substantially all of GTECH's printer
requirements for lottery terminal installations and upgrades worldwide. During
2006, we experienced solid sales growth from GTECH, with total printer sales
increasing by approximately $4,499,000, or 65%, compared to 2005. However, our
sales to GTECH each year are directly dependent on the timing and number of new
and upgraded lottery terminal installations GTECH performs. Our sales to GTECH
are not indicative of GTECH's overall business or revenue.
On the gaming side, our focus lies primarily in supplying printers for use
in slot machines at casinos and racetracks, as well as in other gaming devices
that print tickets, primarily in the United States, Europe and Australia, as
well as in the emerging Asian market, including Macau. During 2006, our domestic
gaming printer sales increased by 42% from 2005, as we gained market share in
the U.S. casino market due to (1) our strategic alliance agreement with JCM
American Corporation, the worldwide leading bill acceptor company, to sell our
casino printers, (2) increased sales to IGT, the world's largest slot machine
manufacturer, and (3) expanded acceptance of our new Epic 950(R) thermal casino
printer. With the success of our Epic 950(R) thermal casino printer, and our
expanding portfolio of patented technology on this printer, including dual port
technology, we believe we are well positioned to continue to expand our market
share in the North American slot machine market, which now stands at over
850,000 slot machines. In the international gaming market, we experienced our
third consecutive record sales year in 2006, as our international gaming sales
increased by 34% to $8.4 million, largely due to sales growth from the
Australian market. We expect continued strength from gaming sales
internationally during 2007, as markets such as Europe, Australia and Asia
(including Macau) continue to adopt and/or expand ticket printing for slot
machines and other gaming machines, and as our new line of Epic printers
launched in 2005 for the off-premise gaming market begin to take hold.
Our TransAct Services Group ("TSG"), which sells service, replacement parts
and consumable products, including receipt paper, ribbons and inkjet cartridges,
continues to offer a substantial growth opportunity and recurring revenue stream
for TransAct. Even with declining sales of replacement parts for legacy impact
printers as the installed base of these printers in the market declines, TSG
revenue reached a record $12,793,000 or 20% of net sales in 2006, representing
an increase of 16% from 2005. During 2006, our sales benefited from increased
sales from our maintenance services, including extended warranty contracts and
our innovative 24-hour guaranteed replacement product service called TransAct
Xpress(SM). In addition, our sales benefited from higher inkjet cartridge sales
including incremental sales resulting from the signing of an agreement with a
leading national office supply chain to supply inkjet cartridges. During 2006,
we also partnered with Merley Paper Converters Ltd., the U.K.'s largest
independent manufacturer of receipt paper rolls, to distribute exclusively in
the U.S. specialized thermal receipt paper that will have true full color images
printed on the front or back. This receipt paper, that we will market under our
newly-created POWEROLL(TM) brand, will allow users the ability to leverage the
receipt for branding and marketing purposes, while also helping to reduce copied
receipt fraud. We remain focused on continuing to grow the lucrative TSG in 2007
and expect these initiatives to contribute to our growth.
Operationally, our gross margin and operating margin showed marked
improvement during 2006, reflecting the investment we made in the growth
elements of our business during 2005. During 2006, our gross margin improved to
34.8% compared to 30.5% in 2005, and our operating margin also improved to 9.5%
compared to just 0.4% in 2005.
Overall, we reported net income of $3.9 million and earnings per share
(diluted) of $0.40 per share for 2006. We also generated sufficient cash during
2006 to fund $2.9 million of capital expenditures, repurchase $2.6 million of
our common stock (approximately 3% of our common stock outstanding) and finish
the year with $3.4 million of cash and no debt on our balance sheet as of
December 31, 2006.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of
operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been
prepared by us in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America. These principles require the use of estimates,
judgments and assumptions. Such estimates and judgments are based upon
historical experience and certain assumptions that are believed to be reasonable
in the particular circumstances. Those judgments affect both balance sheet items
and income statement categories. Our estimates include those related to revenue
recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory obsolescence, the
valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, goodwill impairment, warranty
obligations, restructuring accruals, share-based compensation and contingent
liabilities. We evaluate our assumptions on an ongoing basis by comparing actual
results with our estimates. Actual results may differ from the original
estimates. The following accounting policies are those that we believe to be
most critical in the preparation of our financial statements.
16
REVENUE RECOGNITION - Our typical contracts include the sale of printers,
which are sometimes accompanied by separately-priced extended warranty
contracts. We also sell spare parts, consumables, and other repair services
(sometimes pursuant to multi-year product maintenance contracts), which are not
included in the original printer sale and are ordered by the customer as needed.
We recognize revenue pursuant to the guidance within SAB 104, "Revenue
Recognition." Specifically, revenue is recognized when evidence of an
arrangement exists, delivery (based on shipping terms which are generally FOB
shipping point) has occurred, the selling price is fixed and determinable, and
collectibility is reasonably assured. We provide for an estimate of product
returns and price protection based on historical experience at the time of
revenue recognition.
Revenue related to extended warranty and product maintenance contracts is
recognized pursuant to FASB Technical Bulletin 90-1 ("FTB 90-1"), "Accounting
for Separately Priced Extended Warranty and Product Maintenance Contracts."
Pursuant to FTB 90-1, revenue related to separately priced product maintenance
contracts is deferred and recognized over the term of the maintenance period. We
record deferred revenue for amounts received from customers for maintenance
contracts prior to the maintenance period.
Our customers have the right to return products that do not function
properly within a limited time after delivery. We monitor and track product
returns and record a provision for the estimated future returns based on
historical experience. Returns have historically been within expectations and
the provisions established, but we cannot guarantee that we will continue to
experience return rates consistent with historical patterns.
We offer some of our customer's price protection as an incentive to carry
inventory of our product. These price protection plans provide that if we lower
prices, we will credit them for the price decrease on inventory they hold. Our
customers typically carry limited amounts of inventory, and we infrequently
lower prices on current products. As a result, the amounts paid under these
plans have not been material. However, we cannot guarantee that this minimal
level will continue.
We charge our customers for shipping and handling services. The amounts
billed to customers are recorded as revenue when the product ships. Any costs
incurred related to these services are included in cost of sales.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE - We have standardized credit granting and review
policies and procedures for all customer accounts, including: credit reviews of
all new customer accounts; ongoing credit evaluations of current customers;
credit limits and payment terms based on available credit information; and
adjustments to credit limits based upon payment history and the customer's
current creditworthiness. We also provide an estimate of doubtful accounts based
on historical experience and specific customer collection issues. Our allowance
for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2006 was $204,000, or 1.8% of
outstanding accounts receivable, which we feel is appropriate considering the
overall quality of our accounts receivable. While credit losses have
historically been within expectations and the reserves established, we cannot
guarantee that our credit loss experience will continue to be consistent with
historical experience. As of December 31, 2006, we had accounts receivable
balances due from three customers of approximately 14%, 14% and 10%,
respectively, of the total balance due, and no other customer accounts
receivable balance exceeded 10%. As of December 31, 2005, we had accounts
receivable balances due from one customer of 19% of the total balance due, and
no other customer accounts receivable balance exceeded 10%.
INVENTORY - Our inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. We
assess market value based on historical usage and estimates of future demand.
Assumptions are reviewed at least quarterly and adjustments are made, as
necessary, to reflect changing market conditions. Should circumstances change
and we determine that additional inventory is subject to obsolescence,
additional write-downs of inventory could result in a charge to income. As of
December 31, 2006, our net inventory included a reserve of $1,900,000, or 20.1%
of gross inventory, to write inventory down to lower of cost or market.
GOODWILL - We test the impairment of goodwill each year or more frequently
if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not
be recoverable. We completed our last assessment as of December 31, 2006.
Factors considered that may trigger an impairment review are: significant
underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating
results; significant changes in the manner of use of acquired assets or the
strategy for the overall business; significant negative industry or economic
trends; and significant decline in market capitalization relative to net book
value. Goodwill amounted to $1,469,000 at December 31, 2006 and we have
determined that no goodwill impairment has occurred.
INCOME TAXES - In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are
required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we
operate. This involves estimating the actual current tax exposure together with
assessing temporary differences between the tax basis of certain assets and
liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, as well as
net operating losses, tax credits and other carryforwards. These differences
result in deferred tax assets
17
and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets. We
then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be realized from
future taxable income, and to the extent that we believe that realization is not
likely, we establish a valuation allowance.
Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income
taxes and, in particular, any valuation allowance or tax reserves with respect
to our deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions. On a quarterly basis, we
evaluate the recoverability of our deferred tax assets based upon historical
results and forecasted taxable income over future years, and match this forecast
against the basis differences, deductions available in future years and the
limitations allowed for net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to
ensure that there is adequate support for the realization of the deferred tax
assets. While we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and
feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance
or tax reserve, in the event we were to determine that we would not be able to
realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to
the valuation allowance or tax reserves would be charged as a reduction to
income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine
that we would be able to realize future deferred tax assets in excess of its net
recorded amount, an adjustment to the valuation allowance or tax reserves would
increase net income in the period such determination was made.
In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes", which will be effective the first quarter of 2007. Based on the
"more-likely-than-not" standard under FIN 48, we expect that this guidance may
impact the Company's recognition of tax benefits related to uncertain tax
positions. However, the Company has not yet finalized its assessment of FIN 48.
As of December 31, 2006, we recorded a net deferred tax asset of
approximately $2,709,000, net of a valuation allowance of $64,000, and a tax
reserve of $333,000, primarily on portions of certain tax credits. We will need
to recognize approximately $6.8 million in future taxable income in order to
realize all of our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2006. Based on our
projection of future taxable income, no additional valuation allowance is
considered necessary. Should circumstances change and we determine that some or
all of the deferred taxes would not be realized, a valuation allowance would be
recorded, resulting in a charge to income in the period such determination is
made.
RESTRUCTURING - In February 2001, we announced plans to establish a global
engineering and manufacturing center at our Ithaca, NY facility. As part of this
strategic decision, we undertook a plan to consolidate all manufacturing and
engineering into our existing Ithaca, NY facility and close our Wallingford, CT
manufacturing facility (the "Consolidation"). As of December 31, 2001, we
successfully transferred substantially all our Wallingford operations to Ithaca,
NY, with the exception of our Corporate headquarters and a service center that
remains in Connecticut. The closing of the Wallingford manufacturing facility
resulted in the related termination of employment of approximately 70
production, administrative and management employees.
In connection with the Consolidation of manufacturing facilities in 2001,
we recorded significant accruals. Through December 31, 2006, we have recognized
approximately $5.5 million of expenses associated with the Consolidation,
including severance pay, stay bonuses, employee benefits, moving expenses,
non-cancelable lease payments, and other costs. Management has made reasonable
estimates of such costs and expenses. During November 2006, we executed an
agreement, effective May 1, 2007, to terminate the lease agreement for our
Wallingford, CT facility. As a result, we changed our estimate of the
restructuring accrual and reversed approximately $479,000 of restructuring
expenses in 2006. We do not expect to incur any additional restructuring
expenses related to the Consolidation.
WARRANTY - We generally warrant our products for up to 24 months and record
the estimated cost of such product warranties at the time the sale is recorded.
Estimated warranty costs are based upon actual past experience of product
repairs and the related estimated cost of labor and material to make the
necessary repairs. If actual future product repair rates or the actual costs of
material and labor differ from the estimates, adjustments to the accrued
warranty liability and related warranty expense would be made.
CONTINGENCIES - We record an estimated liability related to contingencies
based on our estimates of the probable outcomes pursuant to FAS 5. On a
quarterly basis, we assess the potential liability related to pending
litigation, audits and other contingencies and confirm or revise estimates and
reserves as appropriate. If the actual liabilities are settled in an amount
greater than those recorded on the balance sheet, a change to income would be
recorded.
SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - We calculate share-based compensation expense in
accordance with SFAS 123(R), "Share-Based Payment (as amended)" using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of share-based
awards. The key assumptions for this valuation method include the expected term
of an option grant, and the stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate,
dividend yield, and forfeiture rate. The determination of these assumptions is
based on
18
past history and future expectations, and is subject to a high level of
judgment. To the extent any of the assumptions were to change from year to year,
the fair value of new option grants may vary significantly.
(A) RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(I) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
NET SALES. Net sales, which include printer sales and sales of spare parts,
consumables and repair services, by market for the years ended December 31, 2006
and 2005 were as follows:
Change
Year ended Year ended --------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005 $ %
----------------- ----------------- ------- ----
Point of sale and banking $16,858 26.2% $16,410 32.1% $ 448 2.7%
Gaming and lottery 34,677 53.9% 23,634 46.3% 11,043 46.7%
TransAct Services Group 12,793 19.9% 11,047 21.6% 1,746 15.8%
------- ----- ------- ----- -------
$64,328 100.0% $51,091 100.0% $13,237 25.9%
======= ===== ======= ===== =======
International* $14,138 22.0% $12,318 24.1% $ 1,820 14.8%
======= ===== ======= ===== =======
* International sales do not include sales of printers made to domestic
distributors or other domestic customers who in turn ship those printers to
international destinations.
Net sales for 2006 increased $13,237,000, or 26%, from 2005 due to
significantly higher printer shipments into our gaming and lottery market, as
well as increased sales from our TransAct Services Group and a slight increase
in printer shipments into our POS and banking market. Overall, international
sales increased by $1,820,000, or 15%, due largely to higher international
shipments of our gaming printers, primarily to Australia, somewhat offset by
lower POS printer shipments through our international distributors.
Point of sale and banking: Revenue from the POS and banking market includes
sales of inkjet, thermal and impact printers used primarily by retailers in the
hospitality, restaurant (including fine dining, casual dining and fast food) and
specialty retail industries to print receipts for consumers, validate checks, or
print on other inserted media. Revenue from this market also includes sales of
printers used by banks, credit unions and other financial institutions to print
and/or validate receipts at bank teller stations. Sales of our POS and banking
printers worldwide increased approximately $448,000, or 3%, from 2005.
Change
Year ended Year ended --------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005 $ %
- -------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------ -----
Domestic $15,410 91.4% $14,188 86.5% $1,222 8.6%
International 1,448 8.6% 2,222 13.5% (774) (34.8%)
------- ----- ------- ----- ------
$16,858 100.0% $16,410 100.0% $ 448 2.7%
======= ===== ======= ===== ======
Domestic POS and banking printer sales increased to $15,410,000, representing a
$1,222,000, or 9%, increase from 2005, due primarily to higher sales of (1) our
line of thermal printers including our new thermal printer launched in 2005
exclusively for POS distributors and (2) our Bankjet(R) line of inkjet printers
to existing banking customers. Although we are currently pursuing additional
banking opportunities, due to the project-oriented nature of these sales, we
cannot predict if and when future sales may occur. These increases were offset
by lower sales of our legacy line of POS impact printers, as expected, as these
printers are being replaced by our newer thermal and inkjet printers. Our sales
into the POS and banking market over the last several years have been impacted
by a shift in technology in the market from impact printing technology to
thermal and inkjet printing technology. This change in technology has resulted
in declining sales of our impact printers that were at higher average selling
prices and increasing sales of our thermal and inkjet printers that are at lower
average selling prices. And, although our unit sales volume has increased over
the last several years, the revenue generated from those sales have not
increased to the same extent due to lower average selling prices of thermal and
inkjet printers as compared to impact printers.
International POS and banking printer sales decreased by approximately
$774,000, or 35%, due primarily to lower sales of our legacy impact printers to
our international POS distributors in Europe and Latin America, somewhat offset
by higher sales of our iTHERM(R) 280 thermal printer to our distributors in
Latin America.
19
Gaming and lottery: Revenue from the gaming and lottery market includes
sales of printers used in slot machines, video lottery terminals ("VLTs") and
other gaming machines that print tickets instead of issuing coins ("ticket-in,
ticket-out" or "TITO") at casinos, racetracks ("racinos") and other gaming
venues worldwide. Revenue from this market also includes sales of lottery
printers to GTECH, the world's largest provider of lottery terminals, for
various lottery applications. Sales of our gaming and lottery printers increased
by $11,043,000, or 47%, from 2005, primarily due to an increase in sales of our
slot machine and other gaming printers, both domestically and internationally,
as well as higher sales of lottery printers to GTECH.
Change
Year ended Year ended --------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005 $ %
----------------- ----------------- ------- ----
Domestic $25,198 72.7% $16,271 68.8% $ 8,927 54.9%
International 9,479 27.3% 7,363 31.2% 2,116 28.7%
------- ----- ------- ----- -------
$34,677 100.0% $23,634 100.0% $11,043 46.7%
======= ===== ======= ===== =======
Domestic sales of our gaming and lottery printers increased by $8,927,000,
or 55%, from 2005 due largely to a significant increase in both sales of lottery
printers to GTECH and thermal casino printers. Lottery printer sales to GTECH
(excluding any international sales), which include thermal on-line lottery and
other lottery printers, increased by approximately $4,512,000, or 77%, in 2006
compared to 2005. Our sales to GTECH are directly dependent on the timing and
number of new and upgraded lottery terminal installations GTECH performs, and as
a result, may fluctuate significantly between quarters and years. Our sales to
GTECH are not indicative of GTECH's overall business or revenue.
Domestic gaming printer sales increased by approximately $4,415,000 driven
primarily by increased market share as we continue to benefit from our sales
relationship with JCM American Corporation.
International gaming and lottery printer sales increased by approximately
$2,116,000, or 29%, to $9,479,000 in 2006 compared to 2005. Such sales
represented 27% and 31% of total sales into our gaming and lottery market during
2006 and 2005, respectively. This increase was led primarily by continued growth
in international gaming printer sales, primarily in Australia and Asia, as these
international markets continue to expand ticket printing in slot machines and
other gaming machines. In addition, we experienced higher gaming printer sales
in Canada, and slightly lower international lottery printer sales to GTECH.
TransAct Services Group: Revenue from TSG includes sales of consumable
products (inkjet cartridges, ribbons and receipt paper), replacement parts,
maintenance and repair services, refurbished printers and shipping and handling
charges. Sales by TSG increased by approximately $1,746,000, or 16%.
Change
Year ended Year ended -------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005 $ %
- -------------- ----------------- ----------------- ------ ----
Domestic $ 9,582 74.9% $ 8,314 75.3% $1,268 15.3%
International 3,211 25.1% 2,733 24.7% 478 17.5%
------- ----- ------- ----- ------
$12,793 100.0% $11,047 100.0% $1,746 15.8%
======= ===== ======= ===== ======
Domestic TSG revenue increased by approximately $1,268,000 or 15%, to
$9,582,000 due to revenue generated from service contracts, as well as increased
sales of refurbished printers and consumable products. These increases were
somewhat offset by a decline in the sale of replacement parts for certain legacy
impact printers, as the installed base of these legacy printers in the market
declines. International TSG sales increased by approximately $478,000, or 18%,
to $3,211,000, due largely to an increase in maintenance and repair services
revenue, as well as increased sales of consumable products.
The primary operations of our United Kingdom subsidiary, a European sales
and service center, relates to revenue generated from a service contract from a
single customer in the United Kingdom. The contract has a termination date of
May 2007. We do not expect that such contract will be renewed at the same volume
of activity as the previous contract. We are currently evaluating the impact
that this may have on our financial results.
GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit is measured as revenue less cost of goods sold.
Cost of goods sold includes primarily the cost of all raw materials and
component parts, direct labor, and the associated manufacturing overhead
expenses. Gross profit increased by $6,775,000, or 43%, to $22,365,000, and
gross margin increased to 34.8% from 30.5% due primarily to a higher volume of
sales and a more favorable sales mix in 2006 compared to 2005, as well as lower
product costs resulting from increased sourcing of components for our printers
in Asia. In addition, gross profit for 2005 was negatively impacted
20
by a charge of $600,000, or 1.2% of net sales, related to the write-down of
inventory and accrual for estimated settlement/cancellation payments for
non-cancelable purchase orders for certain excess inventory components related
primarily to our Model 850 casino ticket printer. The charge was largely the
result of the faster than expected acceptance of our new Epic 950(R) casino
ticket printer, which replaces our Model 850 casino ticket printer.
ENGINEERING AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. Engineering, design and product
development expenses primarily include salary and payroll related expenses for
our engineering staff, depreciation and design expenses (including prototype
printer expenses, outside design and testing services and supplies). Such
expenses increased by $98,000, or 4%, to $2,824,000, from 2005 as we incurred
higher expenses related to increased engineering staffing and other employee
compensation expenses and product development expenses related to our new line
of off-premise gaming printers, which were largely offset by a decrease in costs
associated with International Game Technology's ("IGT") integration and
attainment of jurisdictional approvals for our Epic 950(R) thermal casino
printer on all of IGT's slot platforms worldwide (the "IGT Integration"). We
incurred approximately $150,000 of IGT Integration costs in 2005 that did not
recur in 2006. Engineering and product development expenses decreased as a
percentage of net sales to 4.4% from 5.3%, primarily due to higher sales volume
in 2006 compared to 2005.
SELLING AND MARKETING. Selling and marketing expenses primarily include
salaries and payroll related expenses for our sales and marketing staff, sales
commissions, travel expenses, expenses associated with the lease of sales
offices, advertising, trade show expenses and other promotional marketing
expenses. Selling and marketing expenses increased by $573,000, or 9%, to
$6,892,000, as we incurred the full year effect in 2006 of expenses related to
the addition of new corporate marketing staff, and new sales staff for our three
strategic sales units, including those for our service centers in Las Vegas, NV
and Wallingford, CT, made throughout 2005. We also incurred increased expenses
related to demonstration printers and the redesign of our website that we
re-launched in August 2006. These increases were somewhat offset by decreased
travel, trade show, advertising, consulting and other promotional marketing
expenses compared with 2005. Selling and marketing expenses decreased as a
percentage of net sales to 10.7% from 12.4%, due primarily to higher sales
volume in proportion to a higher level of expenses in 2006 compared to 2005.
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses primarily
include: salaries and payroll related expenses for our executive, accounting,
human resource and information technology staff, expenses for our corporate
headquarters, professional and legal expenses, telecommunication expenses, and
other expenses related to being a publicly-traded company. General and
administrative expenses increased by $719,000, or 11%, due primarily to (1) the
full year effect in 2006 of compensation related expenses associated with the
relocation of our accounting department from Ithaca, NY to Wallingford, CT
during 2005, (2) expenses associated with the Company's Oracle implementation
including data conversion expenses, temporary help, travel and compensation
related expenses, (3) approximately $220,000 of legal and consulting services
related to a potential acquisition that was not consummated, (4) higher
incentive compensation expenses based on the Company's improved performance in
2006 and (5) increased telecommunications expenses associated with the
implementation of our new company-wide phone system. These increases were
partially offset by lower travel expenses and a decrease in recruiting costs
incurred during 2005 related to the relocation of our accounting department and
the increased staffing of the TSG sales unit that did not recur in 2006. General
and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of net sales to 10.9% from
12.4%, due primarily to increased sales in proportion to higher expenses in 2006
as compared to 2005.
BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION AND RESTRUCTURING. During the fourth quarter of
2006, we executed an agreement, effective May 1, 2007, to terminate the lease
agreement for our existing corporate headquarters and eastern region service
center facility located in Wallingford, CT (the "Release Agreement"). Prior to
the execution of the Release Agreement, we accrued for the remaining
non-cancelable lease payments and other related costs for this facility through
the expiration date of the lease (March 31, 2008). As a result of the Release
Agreement and the early termination of the old lease, we were released from the
legal obligation for lease payments after May 1, 2007 and, accordingly, we
reversed $479,000 of previously accrued expenses related to the Consolidation in
the fourth quarter of 2006. As of December 31, 2006, we have provided for the
estimated remaining non-cancelable lease payments and other related costs for
this facility through the new termination date of the lease (May 1, 2007).
We do not expect to incur any further restructuring expenses or to adjust
our restructuring accrual. The restructuring accrual balance will be reduced to
zero as of May 1, 2007.
OPERATING INCOME. During 2006, we reported operating income of $6,088,000,
or 9.5% of net sales, compared to $224,000, or 0.4% of net sales, in 2005. The
substantial increase in our operating income and operating margin was due
largely to the operating leverage we experienced in 2006 resulting from higher
sales and gross profit, somewhat offset by higher operating expenses, compared
to that of 2005.
21
INTEREST. We recorded net interest income of $104,000 in 2006 compared to
net interest income of $73,000 in 2005. Even though our average cash balance was
lower in 2006 compared to 2005 due largely to the repurchase of common stock
under our stock repurchase program, our net interest income still increased as
we substantially improved our overall rate of return on our invested cash
balance. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources" below for more information.
OTHER EXPENSE. We recorded other expense of $159,000 in 2006 due primarily
to transaction exchange losses recorded by our UK subsidiary in 2006 due to the
weakening of the U.S. dollar against the British pound. We recorded other income
of $32,000 in 2005 due primarily to transaction exchange gains due to the
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the British pound in 2005.
INCOME TAXES. We recorded an income tax provision of $2,117,000, at an
effective rate of 35.1% during 2006 compared to an income tax benefit of
$48,000, at an effective rate of (14.6%) in 2005. During 2005, we recorded an
income tax benefit, as compared to an income tax provision in 2006, as we
recognized certain discrete tax benefits and tax credits and reversed certain
valuation allowances during 2005, combined with an unusually low level of income
before taxes.
NET INCOME. We reported net income in 2006 of $3,916,000, or $0.40 per
diluted share compared to net income of $377,000, or $0.04 per diluted share in
2005.
(II) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
NET SALES. Net sales, which include printer sales and sales of spare parts,
consumables and repair services, by market for the years ended December 31, 2005
and 2004 were as follows:
Change
Year ended Year ended ----------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004 $ %
----------------- ----------------- ------- ------
Point of sale and banking $16,410 32.1% $17,659 29.5% $(1,249) (7.1%)
Gaming and lottery 23,634 46.3% 31,937 53.4% (8,303) (26.0%)
TransAct Services Group 11,047 21.6% 10,251 17.1% 796 7.8%
------- ----- ------- ----- -------
$51,091 100.0% $59,847 100.0% $(8,756) (14.6%)
======= ===== ======= ===== =======
International $12,318 24.1% $ 6,423 10.7% $ 5,895 91.8%
======= ===== ======= ===== =======
* International sales do not include sales of printers made to domestic
distributors or other domestic customers who in turn ship those printers to
international destinations.
Net sales for 2005 decreased $8,756,000, or 15%, from 2004 due to
significantly lower printer shipments into our gaming and lottery market, as
well as lower printer shipments into our POS and banking market. However, sales
from our TransAct Services Group increased by $796,000, or 8%, from 2004, as our
installed base of printers grows and as we continue to aggressively pursue these
after-market sales. Overall, international sales almost doubled to $12,318,000,
due largely to higher international shipments of our gaming printers, primarily
to Europe and Australia, as well as international shipments of lottery printers
to GTECH.
Point of sale and banking: Sales of our POS and banking printers worldwide
decreased approximately $1,249,000, or 7%, from 2004.
Change
Year ended Year ended ---------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004 $ %
----------------- ----------------- ------- -----
Domestic $14,188 86.5% $15,734 89.1% $(1,546) (9.8%)
International 2,222 13.5% 1,925 10.9% 297 15.4%
------- ----- ------- ----- -------
$16,410 100.0% $17,659 100.0% $(1,249) (7.1%)
======= ===== ======= ====== =======
Domestic POS and banking printer sales decreased to $14,188,000, or 10%,
due largely to significantly lower shipments of our BANKjet(R) line of inkjet
printers in 2005 as compared to 2004. We experienced this decrease due to the
project-oriented nature of banking printer sales. During 2004, we shipped
banking printers to two top-tier financial services companies. However, during
2005, we shipped banking printers primarily to only one top-tier financial
services company. The decrease in banking printer sales was slightly offset by
increasing sales of our POS printers, primarily our iTHERM(R)
22
280 thermal printer and our new line of printers exclusively for POS
distributors. Excluding banking printers, sales of our POS printers increased by
2% in 2005 compared to 2004.
International POS and banking printer sales increased by approximately
$297,000, or 15%, due primarily to higher sales through our growing network of
international POS distributors in Europe and Latin America, somewhat offset by
lower sales to distributors in the Pacific Rim.
Gaming and lottery: Revenue from the gaming and lottery market includes
sales of printers used in slot machines, video lottery terminals ("VLTs") and
other gaming machines that print tickets instead of issuing coins ("ticket-in,
ticket-out" or "TITO") at casinos, racetracks ("racinos") and other gaming
venues worldwide. Revenue from this market also includes sales of lottery
printers to GTECH, the world's largest provider of lottery terminals, for
various lottery applications. Sales of our gaming and lottery printers decreased
by $8,303,000, or 26%, from 2004, primarily due to a decrease in sales of slot
machine printers in North America, as well as a decrease in sales of lottery
printers to GTECH. This decrease was partially offset by significantly higher
sales of our slot machine and other gaming printers in Europe and Australia.
Change
Year ended Year ended ----------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004 $ %
----------------- ----------------- -------- -----
Domestic $16,271 68.8% $29,692 93.0% $(13,421) (45.2%)
International 7,363 31.2% 2,245 7.0% 5,118 228.0%
------- ----- ------- ----- --------
$23,634 100.0% $31,937 100.0% $ (8,303) (26.0%)
======= ===== ======= ===== ========
Domestic sales of our gaming and lottery printers declined by $13,421,000,
or 45%, from 2004. Due to the continued decline in slot machine sales into the
domestic casino market, including the effects of Hurricane Katrina, lower
capital spending due to mergers of major casino operators, and the loss of
revenue from a large slot machine manufacturer as it depletes a large inventory
position, we experienced significantly lower sales of our TITO casino printers
throughout North America during 2005.
Printer sales to GTECH Corporation (a worldwide lottery terminal provider
and major customer), which include impact and thermal on-line lottery printers,
decreased by approximately $1,153,000, or 14%, in 2005 compared to 2004. This
decrease was largely due to shipments of legacy impact printers to GTECH in 2004
that did not recur in 2005.
International gaming and lottery printer sales more than tripled to
$7,363,000 in 2005 compared to 2004. Such sales represented 31% and 7% of total
sales into our gaming and lottery market during 2005 and 2004, respectively. We
experienced growth in both international gaming and lottery printer sales in
2005 as markets in Europe and Australia continue to adopt and roll out ticket
printing in slot machines and other gaming/amusement machines, and GTECH
installs our lottery printers in its international markets.
TransAct Services Group: Revenue from TSG includes sales of consumable
products (inkjet cartridges, ribbons and receipt paper), replacement parts,
maintenance and repair services, refurbished printers and shipping and handling
charges. Sales by TSG increased by approximately $796,000, or 8%.
Change
Year ended Year ended ------------
(In thousands) December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004 $ %
----------------- ----------------- ---- -----
Domestic $ 8,314 75.3% $ 7,998 78.0% $316 4.0%
International 2,733 24.7% 2,253 22.0% 480 21.3%
------- ----- ------- ----- ----
$11,047 100.0% $10,251 100.0% $796 7.8%
======= ===== ======= ===== ====
Domestic TSG revenue increased by approximately $316,000 or 4%, to
$8,314,000 largely due to higher revenue from maintenance and repair services
and refurbished printer sales, offset by a decline in the sale of spare parts,
mostly for legacy printers. International TSG sales increased by approximately
$480,000, or 21%, to $2,733,000, due primarily to an increase in service
revenue.
GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit decreased by $6,452,000, or 29%, to $15,590,000,
and gross margin decreased to 30.5% from 36.8% due primarily to lower volume of
sales in 2005 compared to 2004 and a less favorable sales mix. In addition,
gross profit for 2005 was negatively impacted by a charge of $600,000, or 1.2%
of net sales, related to the write-down of inventory and accrual for estimated
settlement/cancellation payments for non-cancelable purchase orders for certain
excess inventory components related primarily to our Model 850 casino ticket
printer. The charge was largely the result of the
23
faster than expected acceptance of our new Epic 950(R) casino ticket printer,
which replaces our Model 850 casino ticket printer.
ENGINEERING AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. Engineering, design and product
development expenses increased slightly by $11,000, or less than 1%, to
$2,726,000, from 2004 as we incurred higher expenses related to increased
engineering staffing and other employee compensation expenses, which were almost
entirely offset by a decrease in costs associated with IGT's integration and
attainment of jurisdictional approvals for our new Epic 950(R) thermal casino
printer on all of IGT's slot platforms worldwide (the "IGT Integration"). We
incurred approximately $150,000 of IGT Integration costs in 2005 compared to
$350,000 in 2004. Engineering and product development expenses increased as a
percentage of net sales to 5.3% from 4.5%, primarily due to lower sales volume
in 2005 compared to 2004.
SELLING AND MARKETING. Selling and marketing expenses increased by
$1,208,000, or 24%, to $6,319,000, due primarily to increased expenses related
to (1) the addition of new sales staff for our three business units and our new
service centers in Las Vegas, NV and Wallingford, CT, (2) marketing, promotional
and trade show expenses related to the launch of our new line of printers
exclusively for POS distributors and our increased presence at this year's
Global Gaming Exposition (G2E) trade show in Las Vegas, NV, and (3) the
recruitment and hiring of a Senior Vice President of Marketing during the second
quarter of 2005. Selling and marketing expenses increased as a percentage of net
sales to 12.4% from 8.5%, due primarily to the increases noted above in
proportion to lower sales volume in 2005 compared to 2004.
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses increased
by $331,000, or 6%, due primarily to (1) recruiting and compensation related
expenses associated with the re-location of our accounting department from
Ithaca, NY to Wallingford, CT, (2) higher legal expenses related to our lawsuit
against FutureLogic, Inc., and (3) increased software maintenance, travel,
training and temporary help expenses associated with our Oracle software
implementation. These increases were partially offset by (1) a decrease related
to a one-time listing fee incurred in 2004 resulting from our move back onto the
NASDAQ National Market from the NASDAQ SmallCap Market, (2) lower audit and
professional expenses related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
incurred during 2005 (our second year of compliance) compared to 2004 (our
initial year of compliance), and (3) expenses incurred in 2004 associated with
our proposed acquisition of TPG, Inc. that was terminated and did not recur in
2005. General and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of net sales
to 12.4% from 10.0%, due primarily to the increased expenses noted above in
proportion to a lower volume of sales in 2005 compared to 2004.
BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION AND RESTRUCTURING. We recorded a reversal of expense
of $225,000 related to the Consolidation in 2004. This amount was the result of
a revision to our original estimate for non-cancelable lease payments included
in the restructuring accrual.
OPERATING INCOME. During 2005, we reported operating income of $224,000, or
0.4% of net sales, compared to $8,451,000, or 14.1% of net sales, in 2004. The
significant decrease in our operating income and operating margin was due
largely to lower sales and gross margin, and higher operating expenses
(primarily selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative
expenses).
INTEREST. We recorded net interest income of $73,000 in 2005 compared to
net interest income of $4,000 in 2004, due to our higher average cash balances
and slightly higher interest rates throughout 2005 as compared to 2004.
OTHER EXPENSE. We recorded other income of $32,000 in 2005 compared to
other expense of $18,000 in 2004, due primarily to transaction exchange gains
recorded by our UK subsidiary in 2005 due to the weakening of the British pound
against the U.S. dollar as compared to transaction exchange losses recorded in
2004 due to the strengthening of the British pound against the U.S. dollar.
INCOME TAXES. We recorded an income tax benefit of $48,000, at an effective
rate of (14.6%) during 2005 compared to an income tax provision of $2,979,000,
at an effective rate of 35.3% in 2004. Despite reporting $329,000 of income
before taxes in 2005, we recorded a net income tax benefit, resulting largely
from the recognition of certain discrete tax benefits and tax credits, as well
as the reversal of valuation allowances during the year, combined with an
unusually low level of income before taxes.
NET INCOME. We reported net income in 2005 of $377,000, or $0.04 per
diluted share compared to net income of $5,458,000, or $0.51 per diluted share
in 2004. Dividends paid in 2004 were approximately $86,000, and there will be no
dividends or allocation of earnings to preferred shareholders beyond 2004, as
the preferred stock was converted to common stock in April 2004. All share and
per share amounts reflect the April 2004 stock split on a retroactive basis.
24
(B) LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
CASH FLOW
Overview: During 2006, our cash flows reflected the results of higher sales
volume, increased investment in infrastructure and our stock repurchase program
as compared to 2005. Even with the repurchase of approximately $2,625,000 of our
common stock, and capital expenditures of $2,891,000, we still finished 2006
with no outstanding bank debt and approximately $3.4 million of cash and cash
equivalents.
Operating activities: The following significant factors primarily affected
our cash provided by operations of $3,300,000 in 2006:
- We reported net income of $3,916,000.
- We recorded depreciation, amortization and non-cash compensation
expense of $2,149,000.
- Accounts receivable increased by $3,063,000 due primarily to a higher
volume of sales in the fourth quarter of 2006 compared to the fourth
quarter of 2005.
- Inventories increased by $1,531,000 and accounts payable increased by
$1,138,000 due to higher inventory purchases and inventory levels
related to higher sales volume in the fourth quarter of 2006 compared
to the fourth quarter of 2005.
- Accrued liabilities and other liabilities increased by $1,423,000 due
to increases in: (1) compensation related accruals, (2) income tax
accrual based on the increased level of income before taxes, (3)
deferred revenue balances related to increased sales of extended
service contracts, (4) accruals for legal fees and (5) consulting
services accruals related to our Oracle software implementation. These
increases were partly offset by a decrease in warranty accruals.
- Accrued restructuring expenses decreased by $878,000 due to $399,000
of payments made on our Wallingford, CT lease obligation and the
reversal of $479,000 of expense related to the execution of an
agreement effective May 1, 2007 to terminate the lease agreement for
our existing corporate headquarters located in Wallingford, CT.
Investing activities: Our capital expenditures were approximately
$2,891,000 and $2,756,000 in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Expenditures in 2006
included approximately $1,058,000 for the purchase of hardware, software and
outside consulting costs related to our Oracle software implementation, $366,000
for the purchase of hardware and consulting costs related to our new phone
system, $244,000 for the purchase of leasehold improvements made on the gaming
and lottery headquarters and western region service center in Las Vegas, NV,
with the remaining amount primarily related to the purchase of new product
tooling.
Financing activities: We used approximately $1,684,000 from financing
activities during 2006, largely due to the repurchase of Company stock of
approximately $2,625,000, partly offset by proceeds and tax benefits from stock
option exercises of approximately $1,029,000. We also used approximately $88,000
of cash related to deferred financing costs for the new revolving credit
facility we entered into with TD Banknorth during November 2006.
WORKING CAPITAL
Our working capital increased to $16,438,000 at December 31, 2006 from
$15,375,000 at December 31, 2005. The current ratio decreased to 2.9 to 1 at
December 31, 2006 compared to 3.2 to 1 at December 31, 2005. The decrease in the
current ratio was largely due to higher accounts payable resulting from higher
sales volume and inventory purchases and an increase in income taxes payable
resulting from a higher level of income before taxes, somewhat offset by higher
accounts receivable and inventory levels. In addition, our working capital and
current ratio were impacted by our stock repurchase program, as we continue to
use available cash to repurchase shares of our common stock in the open market.
DEFERRED TAXES
As of December 31, 2006, we had a net deferred tax asset of approximately
$2,709,000. In order to utilize this deferred tax asset, we will need to
generate approximately $6.8 million of taxable income in future years. Based on
future projections of taxable income, we have determined that it is more likely
than not that the existing net deferred tax asset will be realized.
CREDIT FACILITY AND BORROWINGS
On November 28, 2006, we signed a new, five-year $20 million credit
facility (the "New TD Banknorth Credit Facility") with TD Banknorth, N.A. ("TD
Banknorth"). The new credit facility provides for a $20 million revolving credit
line expiring on November 28, 2011. The New TD Banknorth Credit facility
replaces a previous $11.5 million credit facility also with TD Banknorth. Due to
TransAct's improved financial performance, our New TD Banknorth Credit Facility
provides substantially improved terms compared to our existing credit facility,
including lower on-going costs, fewer financial covenants, reduced reporting
requirements and a lower interest rate. Borrowings under the new revolving
credit line
25
bear a floating rate of interest at the prime rate minus one percent
and are secured by a lien on all of our assets. We also pay a fee of 0.25% on
unused borrowings under the revolving credit line. Deferred financing costs
relating to expenses incurred to complete the New TD Banknorth Credit Facility
were $88,000 at December 31, 2006. The New TD Banknorth Credit Facility imposes
certain quarterly financial covenants on us and restricts the payment of
dividends on our common stock and the creation of other liens. We were in
compliance with all financial covenants of the New TD Banknorth Credit Facility
at December 31, 2006.
As of December 31, 2006, we had no balances outstanding on the revolving
credit line. Undrawn commitments under the New TD Banknorth Credit facility were
approximately $20,000,000 at December 31, 2006.
STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
On March 25, 2005, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase
program ("the Stock Repurchase Program"). Under the Stock Repurchase Program, we
are authorized to repurchase up to $10 million of our outstanding shares of
common stock from time to time in the open market over a three year period
ending on March 25, 2008, depending on market conditions, share price and other
factors. During 2006, we repurchased a total of 296,300 shares of common stock
for approximately $2,625,000 at an average price of $8.86 per share. As of
December 31, 2006, we have repurchased a total of 801,300 shares of common stock
for approximately $6,492,000, at an average price of $8.10 per share.
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Shareholders' equity increased by $3,033,000 to $24,290,000 at December 31,
2006 from $21,257,000 at December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily due to
(1) net income of $3,916,000, (2) proceeds of approximately $687,000 from the
issuance of approximately 136,000 shares of common stock from stock option
exercises, (3) an increase in additional paid-in capital of approximately
$342,000 resulting from tax benefits from tax deductions arising from the sale
of employee stock from stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock,
and (4) non-cash compensation expense of $581,000 related to stock options and
restricted stock, and (5) foreign currency translation adjustments of
approximately $132,000. These increases were offset by treasury stock purchases
of 296,300 shares of common stock for approximately $2,625,000.
CONSOLIDATION EXPENSES
During 2001 through 2007, we recognized approximately $5.5 million of
business consolidation, restructuring and related expenses as a result of the
Consolidation. These expenses primarily included employee severance and
termination related expenses, facility closure and consolidation expenses
(including moving expenses, estimated non-cancelable lease payments and other
costs) and accelerated depreciation and asset disposal losses on certain
leasehold improvements and other fixed assets.
In November 2006, we executed an agreement, effective May 1, 2007, to
terminate the lease agreement for our facility located in Wallingford, CT (the
"Release Agreement"). Prior to the execution of the Release Agreement, we
accrued for the remaining non-cancelable lease payments and other related costs
for this facility through the expiration date of the lease (March 31, 2008). As
a result of the Release Agreement and the early termination of the old lease, we
were released from the legal obligation for lease payments after May 1, 2007
and, accordingly, we reversed $479,000 of previously accrued expenses related to
the Consolidation in the fourth quarter of 2006. As of December 31, 2006, we
have provided for the estimated remaining non-cancelable lease payments and
other related costs for this facility through the new termination date of the
lease (May 1, 2007).
As of December 31, 2006, our restructuring accrual amounted to $315,000
which represents the estimated remaining non-cancelable lease payments and other
related costs for the Wallingford facility through the new termination date of
the lease (May 1, 2007). We do not expect to incur any further restructuring
expenses or to adjust our restructuring accrual. The restructuring accrual
balance will be reduced to zero as of May 1, 2007. We paid approximately
$399,000, $447,000 and $446,000 of expenses related to the Consolidation in
2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
TransAct's contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006 were as follows:
(In thousands) Total < 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years > 5 years
------- -------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating lease obligations $ 5,622 $ 978 $1,743 $1,461 $1,440
Purchase obligations 16,918 16,848 70 -- --
------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Total $22,540 $17,826 $1,813 $1,461 $1,440
======= ======= ====== ====== ======
Purchase obligations are for purchases made in the normal course of
business to meet operational requirements, primarily of raw material and
component part inventory.
26
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAX UNCERTAINTIES: In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB
Interpretation 48, "Accounting for Income Tax Uncertainties" ("FIN 48"). FIN 48
defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in
the financial statements as "more-likely-than-not" to be sustained by the taxing
authority. The recently issued literature also provides guidance on the
derecognition, measurement and classification of income tax uncertainties, along
with any related interest and penalties. FIN 48 also includes guidance
concerning accounting for income tax uncertainties in interim periods and
increases the level of disclosures associated with any recorded income tax
uncertainties. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2006. The differences between the amounts recognized in the statements of
financial position prior to the adoption of FIN 48 and the amounts reported
after adoption will be accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded
to the beginning balance of retained earnings. In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN
48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which will be effective the
first quarter of 2007. Based on the "more-likely-than-not" standard under FIN
48, we expect that this guidance may impact the Company's recognition of tax
benefits related to uncertain tax positions. However, the Company has not yet
finalized its assessment of FIN 48.
EFFECTS OF PRIOR YEAR MISSTATEMENTS WHEN QUANTIFYING CURRENT YEAR
MISSTATEMENTS: In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 108, "Considering the Effects of Prior
Year Misstatements when Quantifying Current Year Misstatements". SAB No. 108
requires analysis of misstatements using both an income statement (rollover)
approach and balance sheet (iron curtain) approach in assessing materiality and
provides for a one-time cumulative effect transition adjustment. SAB No. 108 is
effective for our fiscal year 2006 annual financial statements. The adoption of
this guidance did not have a material impact on our financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS: In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("FASB 157")
which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for
interim periods within those years. This statement defines fair value,
establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the related
disclosure requirements. Because the guidance was recently issued, management
has not yet determined the impact, if any, of adopting the provisions of FASB
157 on the Company's financial position and results of operations.
RESOURCE SUFFICIENCY
We believe that our cash on hand, cash flows generated from operations and
borrowings available under the New TD Banknorth Credit Facility will provide
sufficient resources to meet our working capital needs, including costs
associated with the Consolidation, to finance our capital expenditures, to fund
our Stock Repurchase Program, and meet our liquidity requirements through at
least the next twelve months.
(C) IMPACT OF INFLATION
TransAct believes that its business has not been affected to a significant
degree by inflationary trends because of the low rate of inflation during the
past three years, nor does it believe it will be significantly affected by
inflation during 2007.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
INTEREST RATE RISK
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily
to the investment of our available cash and cash equivalents. In accordance with
our investment policy, we strive to achieve above market rates of return in
exchange for accepting a prudent amount of incremental risk, which includes the
risk of interest rate movements. Risk tolerance is constrained by an overriding
objective to preserve capital. An effective increase or decrease of 10% in
interest rates would not have a material effect on our results of operations or
cash flows.
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK
A substantial portion of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars and, as
a result, we have relatively little exposure to foreign currency exchange risk
with respect to sales made. This exposure may change over time as business
practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial
results in the future. We do not use forward exchange contracts to hedge
exposures denominated in foreign currencies or any other derivative financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The effect of an immediate 10%
change in exchange rates would not have a material impact on our future results
of operations or cash flows.
27
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
Page
Number
------
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 29
TransAct Technologies Incorporated consolidated financial statements:
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 30
Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31,
2006, 2005 and 2004 31
Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity and
comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004 32
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December
31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 33
Notes to consolidated financial statements 34-50
Financial Statement Schedule
The following financial statement schedule is included herein:
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 51
All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not
applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial
statements or notes thereto
28
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of TransAct Technologies
Incorporated:
We have completed integrated audits of TransAct Technologies Incorporated's
consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006 in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our
audits, are presented below.
Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying
index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
TransAct Technologies Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in
the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial
statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and
financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of
these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
changed the manner in which it accounts for share-based compensation in 2006.
Internal control over financial reporting
Also, in our opinion, management's assessment, included in Management's Report
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9a, that the
Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2006 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those
criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2006 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework
issued by the COSO. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on management's assessment and on the
effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based
on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial
reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and
operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other
procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii)
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of
the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting
may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Hartford, CT
March 15, 2007
29
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share data)
December 31, December 31,
2006 2005
------------ ------------
ASSETS:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 3,436 $ 4,579
Receivables, net 11,422 8,359
Inventories 7,567 6,036
Refundable income taxes 42 295
Deferred tax assets 2,167 2,735
Other current assets 552 258
------- -------
Total current assets 25,186 22,262
------- -------
Fixed assets, net 5,938 4,510
Goodwill 1,469 1,469
Deferred tax assets 542 557
Intangible and other assets, net of accumulated amortization
of $122 and $41, respectively 571 534
------- -------
8,520 7,070
------- -------
Total assets $33,706 $29,332
======= =======
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable $ 3,997 $ 2,859
Accrued liabilities 4,047 3,198
Accrued restructuring expenses 315 420
Deferred revenue 389 410
------- -------
Total current liabilities 8,748 6,887
------- -------
Accrued restructuring expenses, net of current portion -- 773
Deferred revenue, net of current portion 508 270
Accrued warranty, net of current portion 160 145
------- -------
668 1,188
------- -------
Total liabilities 9,416 8,075
------- -------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 4,800,000
authorized, none issued and outstanding -- --
Preferred stock, Series A, $0.01 par value, 200,000
authorized, none issued and outstanding -- --
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 20,000,000 authorized at
December 31, 2006 and 2005; 9,574,777 and
9,731,670 shares issued; 8,773,477 and 9,226,670
shares outstanding, at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively 104 102
Additional paid-in capital 19,105 19,334
Retained earnings 11,405 7,489
Unamortized restricted stock compensation -- (1,837)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax 168 36
Treasury stock, 801,300 and 505,000 shares at cost (6,492) (3,867)
------- -------
Total shareholders' equity 24,290 21,257
------- -------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $33,706 $29,332
======= =======
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
30
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)
Year Ended December 31,
---------------------------
2006 2005 2004
------- ------- -------
Net sales $64,328 $51,091 $59,847
Cost of sales 41,963 35,501 37,805
------- ------- -------
Gross profit 22,365 15,590 22,042
------- ------- -------
Operating expenses:
Engineering, design and product development 2,824 2,726 2,715
Selling and marketing 6,892 6,319 5,111
General and administrative 7,040 6,321 5,990
Business consolidation and restructuring (479) -- (225)
------- ------- -------
16,277 15,366 13,591
------- ------- -------
Operating income 6,088 224 8,451
------- ------- -------
Interest and other income (expense):
Interest expense (44) (41) (44)
Interest income 148 114 48
Other, net (159) 32 (18)
------- ------- -------
(55) 105 (14)
------- ------- -------
Income before income taxes 6,033 329 8,437
Income tax provision (benefit) 2,117 (48) 2,979
------- ------- -------
Net income 3,916 377 5,458
Dividends and accretion charges on preferred
stock -- -- (111)
Earnings allocated to preferred shareholders -- -- (111)
------- ------- -------
Net income available to common shareholders $ 3,916 $ 377 $ 5,236
======= ======= =======
Net income per common share:
Basic $ 0.41 $ 0.04 $ 0.55
Diluted $ 0.40 $ 0.04 $ 0.51
Shares used in per-share calculation:
Basic 9,577 9,849 9,593
Diluted 9,870 10,163 10,231
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
31
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands, except share data)
Unamortized Accumulated
Common Stock Additional Restricted Other Total
------------------ Paid-in Retained Stock Treasury Comprehensive Comprehensive
Shares Amount Capital Earnings Compensation Stock Income (Loss) Total Income
---------- ------ ---------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------- ------- -------------
Balance, December 31,
2003 8,952,650 60 8,441 1,769 (30) -- 107 10,347
Cancellation of
restricted stock (3,000) -- (72) -- 72 -- -- --
Issuance of shares
from exercise of
stock options 321,947 3 1,376 -- -- -- -- 1,379
Issuance of shares
from employee
stock purchase
plan 3,706 -- 47 -- -- -- -- 47
Issuance of shares
from exercise of
common stock
warrants 15,000 -- 90 -- -- -- -- 90
Issuance of shares
from conversion
of preferred
stock, net of
issuance and
registration
costs 666,665 6 3,818 -- -- -- -- 3,824
Issuance of
restricted stock 81,000 1 1,399 -- (1,400) -- -- --
Share-based
compensation
expense -- -- -- -- 291 -- -- 291
Tax benefit related
to employee
stock sales -- -- 2,332 -- -- -- -- 2,332
Redemption of
partial shares
of common stock
in connection
with the 3:2
stock split (202) 30 (30) -- -- -- -- --
Dividends paid on
preferred stock -- -- -- (91) -- -- -- (91)
Accretion of
preferred stock
discount and
issuance costs -- -- -- (24) -- -- -- (24)
Comprehensive
income:
Foreign currency
translation
adj. -- -- -- -- -- -- 62 62 62
Net income -- -- -- 5,458 -- -- -- 5,458 5,458
---------- ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
Balance, December 31,
2004 10,037,766 100 17,401 7,112 (1,067) -- 169 23,715 5,520
======
Cancellation of
restricted stock (250) -- (3) -- 3 -- -- --
Issuance of shares
from exercise of
stock options 71,064 1 323 -- -- -- -- 324
Issuance of shares
from employee
stock purchase
plan 2,690 -- 23 -- -- -- -- 23
Acceleration of
outstanding
stock options -- -- 26 -- -- -- -- 26
Issuance of
restricted stock 125,400 1 1,230 -- (1,231) -- -- --
Share-based
compensation
expense -- -- -- -- 458 -- -- 458
Tax benefit related
to employee
stock sales and
vesting of
restricted stock -- -- 337 -- -- -- -- 337
Purchase of
treasury stock (505,000) -- -- -- -- (3,867) -- (3,867)
Expenses related to
preferred stock
conversion -- -- (3) -- -- -- -- (3)
Comprehensive
income:
Foreign currency
translation
adj., net of
tax -- -- -- -- -- -- (133) (133) (133)
Net income -- -- -- 377 -- -- -- 377 377
---------- ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
Balance, December 31,
2005 9,731,670 102 19,334 7,489 (1,837) (3,867) 36 21,257 244
======
Impact of adoption
of new
accounting
pronouncements -- -- (1,837) -- 1,837 -- -- --
Cancellation of
restricted stock (11,750) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Issuance of shares
from exercise of
stock options 136,157 2 685 -- -- -- -- 687
Issuance of
restricted stock 15,000 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Tax benefit related
to employee
stock sales and
vesting of
restricted stock -- -- 342 -- -- -- -- 342
Purchase of
treasury stock (296,300) -- -- -- -- (2,625) -- (2,625)
Share-based
compensation
expense -- -- 581 -- -- -- -- 581
Comprehensive
income:
Foreign currency
translation
adj., net of
tax -- -- -- -- -- -- 132 132 132
Net income -- -- -- 3,916 -- -- -- 3,916 3,916
---------- ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
Balance, December 31,
2006 9,574,777 $104 $19,105 $11,405 $ -- $(6,492) $ 168 $24,290 $4,048
========== ==== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= ======
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
32
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
---------------------------
2006 2005 2004
------- ------- -------
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income $ 3,916 $ 377 $ 5,458
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Share-based compensation expense 581 484 291
Incremental tax benefits from stock options exercised (342) -- --
Depreciation and amortization 1,568 1,493 1,634
Deferred income taxes 583 (648) 380
Loss (gain) on sale of fixed assets -- 4 --
Reversal of accrued restructuring expense (479) -- (225)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivables (3,063) 551 164
Inventories (1,531) 2,038 (13)
Refundable income taxes 253 215 (380)
Other current assets (276) 328 (207)
Other assets (72) 3 (8)
Accounts payable 1,138 (945) 516
Accrued liabilities and deferred revenue 1,423 (580) 1,179
Accrued restructuring expenses (399) (447) (446)
------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities 3,300 2,873 8,343
------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of fixed assets (2,891) (2,756) (1,178)
Purchase of intangible assets -- (510) --
------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities (2,891) (3,266) (1,178)
------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Term loan repayments -- -- (420)
Payment of deferred financing costs (88) -- --
Proceeds from stock option exercises 687 347 1,516
Purchases of common stock for treasury (2,625) (3,867) --
Incremental tax benefits from stock options exercised 342
Payment of cash dividends -- -- (91)
Payment of preferred stock conversion and registration -- (3) (102)
expense
------- ------- -------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities (1,684) (3,523) 903
------- ------- -------
Effect of exchange rate changes 132 (133) 62
------- ------- -------
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (1,143) (4,049) 8,130
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 4,579 8,628 498
------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 3,436 $ 4,579 $ 8,628
======= ======= =======
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid $ 43 $ 41 $ 44
Income taxes paid 1,201 431 517
Non-cash financing activities:
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock $ -- $ -- $ 3,926
Tax benefit related to employee stock sales and restricted
stock 342 337 2,332
Accretion of preferred stock discount and issuance costs -- -- 24
Issuance of restricted stock 207 1,231 1,400
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
33
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
TransAct Technologies Incorporated ("TransAct"), which has its
headquarters in Wallingford, CT and its primary operating facility in
Ithaca, NY, operates in one industry segment, market-specific printers for
transaction-based industries. These industries include gaming, lottery,
banking and hospitality. Our printers are designed based on market specific
requirements and are sold under the Ithaca(R) and Epic(TM) product brands.
We distribute our products through OEMs, value-added resellers, selected
distributors, and directly to end-users. Our product distribution spans
across the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia, Australia, the
Caribbean Islands and the South Pacific. We also generate revenue from the
after-market side of the business, providing printer service, supplies and
spare parts.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
STOCK SPLIT: On March 17, 2004, we effected a three-for-two split of
our common stock in the form of a 50 percent stock dividend. All share and
per-share amounts within the accompanying financial statements and
footnotes reflect the stock split.
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION: The accompanying consolidated financial
statements were prepared on a consolidated basis to include the accounts of
TransAct and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts,
transactions and unrealized profit were eliminated in consolidation.
RECLASSIFICATIONS: Certain amounts in the prior years' financial
statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year's
presentation.
USE OF ESTIMATES: The accompanying consolidated financial statements
were prepared using estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
SEGMENT REPORTING: We apply the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise
and Related Information" ("FAS 131"). We view our operations and manage our
business as one segment: the design, development, manufacture and sale of
transaction-based printers. Factors used to identify TransAct's single
operating segment include the organizational structure of the Company and
the financial information available for evaluation by the chief operating
decision-maker in making decisions about how to allocate resources and
assess performance. We operate predominantly in one geographical area, the
United States of America. See Note 20 for information regarding our
international operations. We provide the following disclosures of revenues
from products and services:
Year ended Year ended Year ended
(In thousands) December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005 December 31, 2004
----------------- ----------------- -----------------
POS and banking printers $16,858 26.2% $16,410 32.1% $17,659 29.5%
Gaming and lottery printers 34,677 53.9% 23,634 46.3% 31,937 53.4%
Services, spare parts and
consumables 12,793 19.9% 11,047 21.6% 10,251 17.1%
------- ----- ------- ----- ------- -----
Total net sales $64,328 100.0% $51,091 100.0% $59,847 100.0%
======= ===== ======= ===== ======= =====
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: We consider all highly liquid investments with a
maturity date of three months or less at date of purchase to be cash
equivalents.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS: We have
standardized credit granting and review policies and procedures for all customer
accounts, including:
- Credit reviews of all new customer accounts,
- Ongoing credit evaluations of current customers,
- Credit limits and payment terms based on available credit information,
- Adjustments to credit limits based upon payment history and the
customer's current creditworthiness.
34
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts to ensure trade
receivables are valued appropriately. We maintain an allowance for doubtful
accounts based on a variety of factors, including the length of time
receivables are past due, significant one-time events and historical
experience. We record a specific allowance for individual accounts when we
become aware of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations,
such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the
customer's operating results or financial position. If circumstances
related to customers change, we would further adjust estimates of the
recoverability of receivables. Allowances for doubtful accounts on accounts
receivable balances were $204,000 and $240,000, as of December 31, 2006 and
2005, respectively.
INVENTORIES: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (principally
standard cost which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out
basis) or market. We assess market value based on historical usage and
estimates of future demand in the market.
FIXED ASSETS: Fixed assets are stated at cost. Depreciation is
recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives.
The estimated useful life of tooling is five years; machinery and equipment
is ten years; furniture and office equipment is five to ten years; and
computer software and equipment is three to seven years. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the lease or the
useful life of the asset. Costs related to repairs and maintenance are
expensed as incurred. The costs of sold or retired assets are removed from
the related asset and accumulated depreciation accounts and any gain or
loss is recognized. Depreciation expense was $1,466,000, $1,419,000 and
$1,608,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
LEASES: Rent expense under non-cancelable operating leases with
scheduled rent increases or free rent periods is accounted for on a
straight-line basis over the lease term, beginning on the date of control
of physical use of the asset or of initial possession. The amount of the
excess of straight-line rent expense over scheduled payments is recorded as
a deferred liability. Construction allowances and other such lease
incentives are recorded as deferred credits, and are amortized on a
straight-line basis as a reduction of rent expense beginning in the period
they are deemed to be earned, which generally coincides with the occupancy
date.
GOODWILL: We adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("FAS
142") on January 1, 2002. Under FAS 142, goodwill is no longer amortized
and is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level.
We test goodwill annually for impairment, or whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be
recoverable. We have performed an impairment test as of December 31, 2006
and determined that no impairment has occurred.
REVENUE RECOGNITION: Our typical contracts include the sale of
printers, which are sometimes accompanied by separately-priced extended
warranty contracts. We also sell spare parts, consumables, and other repair
services (sometimes pursuant to multi-year product maintenance contracts)
which are not included in the original printer sale and are ordered by the
customer as needed. We recognize revenue pursuant to the guidance within
SAB 104, "Revenue Recognition." Specifically, revenue is recognized when
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery (based on shipping terms, which
are generally FOB shipping point) has occurred, the selling price is fixed
and determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. We provide for
an estimate of product returns based on historical experience at the time
of revenue recognition.
Revenue related to extended warranty and product maintenance contracts
is recognized pursuant to FASB Technical Bulletin 90-1 ("FTB 90-1"),
"Accounting for Separately Priced Extended Warranty and Product Maintenance
Contracts." Pursuant to FTB 90-1, revenue related to separately priced
product maintenance contracts is deferred and recognized over the term of
the maintenance period. We record deferred revenue for amounts received
from customers for maintenance contracts prior to the maintenance period.
35
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK: Financial instruments that potentially
expose TransAct to concentrations of credit risk are limited to accounts
receivable.
Accounts receivable from customers representing 10% or more of total
accounts receivable were as follows:
December 31,
------------
2006 2005
---- ----
Customer A 14% 19%
Customer B 10% *
Customer C 14% *
* - customer balances were less than 10% of total accounts receivable
Sales to customers representing 10% or more of total net sales were as
follows:
Year ended December 31,
-----------------------
2006 2005 2004
---- ---- ----
Customer A 20% 17% 16%
Customer B * 14% *
Customer C * * 14%
* - customer balances were less than 10% of total net sales
The primary operations of our United Kingdom subsidiary, a European
sales and service center, relates to revenue generated from a service
contract from a single customer in the United Kingdom. The contract has a
termination date of May 2007. We do not expect that such contract will be
renewed at the same volume of activity as the previous contract. We are
currently evaluating the impact that this may have on our financial
results.
WARRANTY: We generally warrant our products for up to 24 months and
record the estimated cost of such product warranties at the time the sale
is recorded. Estimated warranty costs are based upon actual past experience
of product repairs and the related estimated cost of labor and material to
make the necessary repairs.
The following table summarizes the activity recorded in the accrued
product warranty liability:
Year ended December 31,
-----------------------
(In thousands) 2006 2005 2004
----- ----- -----
Balance, beginning of year $ 644 $ 597 $ 495
Additions related to warranties issued 595 613 610
Warranty costs incurred (636) (566) (508)
----- ----- -----
Balance, end of year $ 603 $ 644 $ 597
===== ===== =====
Approximately $160,000 and $145,000 of the accrued product warranty
liability were classified as long-term at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES: Research and development expenses
include engineering, design and product development expenses incurred in
connection with specialized engineering and design to introduce new
products and to customize existing products, and are expensed as a
component of operating expenses as incurred. We recorded approximately
$2,824,000, $2,726,000 and $2,715,000 of research and development expense
in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
ADVERTISING: Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising
expenses, which are included in selling and marketing on the accompanying
consolidated statements of income, for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004 totaled $182,000, $371,000 and $343,000, respectively.
36
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
RESTRUCTURING: In 2001, we undertook a plan to consolidate all
manufacturing and engineering into our existing Ithaca, NY facility and
close our Wallingford, CT manufacturing facility. We continue to apply the
consensus set forth in EITF 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain
Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity
(Including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)" in recognizing
restructuring expenses. See Note 8 for additional disclosures related to
our restructuring plan.
INCOME TAXES: The income tax amounts reflected in the accompanying
financial statements are accounted for under the liability method in
accordance with FAS 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes." Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases
and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
We assess the likelihood that net deferred tax assets will be realized from
future taxable income, and to the extent that we believe that realization
is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION: The financial position and results of
operations of our foreign subsidiary in the United Kingdom are measured
using local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of
such subsidiary have been translated into U.S. dollars at the year-end
exchange rate, related revenues and expenses have been translated at the
weighted average exchange rate for the year, and shareholders' equity has
been translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting translation
gains or losses, net of tax, are recorded in stockholders' equity as a
cumulative translation adjustment, which is a component of accumulated
other comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses,
including those related to intercompany balances, are recognized in other
income (expense).
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: The carrying amount for cash and
cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short maturity of
these instruments. The carrying amount of receivables, accounts payable and
accrued liabilities is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the
short-term nature of these accounts.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME: Statement of Accounting Standard No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("FAS 130"), requires that items defined
as comprehensive income or loss be separately classified in the financial
statements and that the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income
or loss be reported separately from accumulated deficit and additional
paid-in-capital in the equity section of the balance sheet. We include the
foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax, related to our
subsidiary in the United Kingdom within our calculation of comprehensive
income.
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS: In December 2004, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") revised Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("FAS 123R"), which
establishes accounting for share-based awards exchanged for employee
services and requires companies to expense the estimated fair value of
these awards over the requisite employee service period. We adopted the
accounting provisions of FAS 123R beginning in the first quarter of 2006.
Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based compensation to
employees in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
("APB 25") "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related
interpretations. We also followed the disclosure requirements of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" ("FAS 123"), as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and
Disclosure" ("FAS 148").
Under FAS 123R, share-based compensation expense is measured at the
grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is
recognized as expense over the employee's requisite service period. We have
no awards with market or performance conditions. We adopted the provisions
of FAS 123R on January 1, 2006, using a modified prospective application
("MPA"), which provides for certain changes to the method for valuing
share-based compensation. Under the MPA, prior periods are not revised for
comparative purposes. The valuation provisions of FAS 123R apply to new
awards and to modifications or cancellations of awards that are outstanding
on the effective date.
37
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS
123(R)-3, "Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects of
Share-Based Payment Awards." We have elected to adopt the alternative
transition method provided in this FASB Staff Position for calculating the
tax effects of share-based compensation pursuant to FAS 123R. The
alternative transition method includes a simplified method to establish the
beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool related to the tax
effects of employee share-based compensation, which is available to absorb
tax deficiencies recognized subsequent to the adoption of FAS 123R.
We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair
value of share based awards. The key assumptions for this valuation method
include the expected term of the option, stock price volatility, risk-free
interest rate, dividend yield and exercise price. Many of these assumptions
are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation
expense. In addition, we estimate forfeitures when recognizing compensation
expense, and we will adjust our estimate of forfeitures over the requisite
service period based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ, or
are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated
forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative true-up adjustment in
the period of change and will also impact the amount of compensation
expense to be recognized in future periods.
On November 2, 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors approved the acceleration of the vesting of all outstanding
unvested stock options granted to directors, officers and employees of the
Company under our applicable stock incentive plans. As a result of the
acceleration, options to acquire approximately 109,500 shares of our common
stock, which otherwise would have vested from time to time over the next
four years, became immediately exercisable. All other terms and conditions
applicable to the outstanding stock option grants remain in effect. The
option plans under which accelerated grants were issued are our 1996 Stock
Plan, 1996 Directors' Stock Plan and the 2001 Employee Stock Plan.
The Compensation Committee's decision to accelerate the vesting of
affected stock options was primarily based upon our required adoption of
FAS 123R effective January 1, 2006. Due to the acceleration of vesting of
unvested options prior to the adoption of FAS123R, we are only recording
compensation expense related to stock options granted in 2006 and beyond.
We recorded approximately $26,000 of compensation expense in the fourth
quarter of 2005 related to the acceleration of vesting.
NET INCOME AND LOSS PER SHARE: We report net income or loss per share
in accordance with Financial Standard No. 128, "Earnings per Share (EPS)"
("FAS 128"). Under FAS 128, basic EPS, which excludes dilution, is computed
by dividing income or loss available to common shareholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Unvested
restricted stock is excluded from the calculation of weighted average
common shares for basic EPS. Net income or loss available to common
shareholders represents reported net income or loss less accretion of
redeemable convertible preferred stock and allocation of preferred
earnings. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if
securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or
converted into common stock. Diluted EPS includes restricted stock,
in-the-money options and warrants using the treasury stock method, and also
includes the assumed conversion of preferred stock using the if-converted
method, but only if dilutive. During a loss period, the assumed exercise of
in-the-money stock options and warrants and the conversion of convertible
preferred stock has an anti-dilutive effect, and therefore, these
instruments are excluded from the computation of dilutive EPS. See Note 16
for EPS calculation.
Beginning in the second quarter of 2004, the Company applied the
consensus set forth in EITF 03-06 "Participating Securities and the
Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings Per Share", which
requires the two-class method of computing earnings per share when
participating securities, such as our redeemable preferred stock, are
outstanding. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that
determines earnings per share for common stock and participating securities
based upon an allocation of earnings as if all of the earnings for the
period had been distributed in accordance with participation rights on
undistributed earnings. EITF 03-6 became effective for reporting periods
beginning after March 31, 2004. The application of EITF 03-06 only impacted
the calculation of earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2004
due to no preferred stock outstanding in 2006 and 2005.
38
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
3. RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAX UNCERTAINTIES: In July 2006, the FASB issued
FASB Interpretation 48, "Accounting for Income Tax Uncertainties" ("FIN
48"). FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax
return positions in the financial statements as "more-likely-than-not" to
be sustained by the taxing authority. The recently issued literature also
provides guidance on the derecognition, measurement and classification of
income tax uncertainties, along with any related interest and penalties.
FIN 48 also includes guidance concerning accounting for income tax
uncertainties in interim periods and increases the level of disclosures
associated with any recorded income tax uncertainties. FIN 48 is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The differences between
the amounts recognized in the statements of financial position prior to the
adoption of FIN 48 and the amounts reported after adoption will be
accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to the beginning
balance of retained earnings. In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which will be effective the
first quarter of 2007. Based on the "more-likely-than-not" standard under
FIN 48, we expect that this guidance may impact the Company's recognition
of tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions. However, the Company
has not yet finalized its assessment of FIN 48.
EFFECTS OF PRIOR YEAR MISSTATEMENTS WHEN QUANTIFYING CURRENT YEAR
MISSTATEMENTS: In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission
issued Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 108, "Considering the Effects
of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Current Year Misstatements".
SAB No. 108 requires analysis of misstatements using both an income
statement (rollover) approach and balance sheet (iron curtain) approach in
assessing materiality and provides for a one-time cumulative effect
transition adjustment. SAB No. 108 is effective for our fiscal year 2006
annual financial statements. The adoption of this guidance did not have a
material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS: In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("FASB
157") which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007
and for interim periods within those years. This statement defines fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the
related disclosure requirements. Because the guidance was recently issued,
management has not yet determined the impact, if any, of adopting the
provisions of FASB 157 on the Company's financial position and results of
operations.
4. INVENTORIES
The components of inventories are:
December 31,
---------------
(In thousands) 2006 2005
------ ------
Raw materials and purchased component parts $7,337 $5,788
Finished goods 230 248
------ ------
$7,567 $6,036
====== ======
5. FIXED ASSETS
The components of fixed assets are:
December 31,
-------------------
(In thousands) 2006 2005
-------- --------
Tooling, machinery and equipment $ 12,407 $ 13,748
Furniture and office equipment 1,560 1,553
Computer software and equipment 4,985 3,515
Leasehold improvements 1,051 949
-------- --------
20,003 19,765
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization (14,065) (15,255)
-------- --------
$ 5,938 $ 4,510
======== ========
39
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
On June 30, 2005, we acquired certain intangible assets related to
casino ticket printer designs and technology from Bally Gaming, Inc.
("Bally") for $475,000, plus the costs of effecting the acquisition
(approximately $35,000). Prior to the acquisition, pursuant to the terms of
a license agreement, we were required to pay Bally a royalty on sales of
certain gaming printers utilizing the licensed technology. As a result of
the acquisition, effective July 1, 2005, we were no longer required to pay
any future royalties to Bally.
The purchase price was allocated, based on management's estimates, to
intangible assets based on their relative fair value at the date of
acquisition. The fair value of the intangibles, comprised of purchased
technology and a covenant not to compete, was determined using the future
discounted cash flows method. The intangible assets are being amortized on
a straight-line basis over six and seven years, respectively, for the
estimated life of the assets.
The following summarizes the allocation of the purchase price for the
acquisition of certain intangible assets from Bally (in thousands):
Purchased technology $364
Covenant not to compete 146
----
Consideration paid $510
====
Amortization expense associated with the technology purchased from
Bally was $81,000 and $41,000 for 2006 and 2005, respectively. Amortization
expense for each of the next five years ending December 31 is expected to
be as follows: $81,000 in each of 2007 through 2010; and $51,000 in 2011.
7. ACCRUED LIABILITIES
The components of accrued liabilities (current portion) are:
December 31,
---------------
(In thousands) 2006 2005
------ ------
Payroll and fringe benefits $1,671 $1,219
Income taxes 710 679
Warranty - current portion 443 499
Rent and occupancy 251 200
Professional and consulting 364 80
Other 608 521
------ ------
$4,047 $3,198
====== ======
8. ACCRUED BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES
In February 2001, we announced plans to establish a global engineering
and manufacturing center at our Ithaca, NY facility. As part of this
strategic decision, we undertook a plan to consolidate all manufacturing
and engineering into our existing Ithaca, NY facility and close our
Wallingford, CT manufacturing facility (the "Consolidation"). As of
December 31, 2001, substantially all Wallingford product lines were
successfully transferred to Ithaca, NY. We currently maintain our corporate
headquarters and a service center in Wallingford. The closing of the
Wallingford manufacturing facility resulted in the termination of
employment of approximately 70 production, administrative and management
employees. We continue to apply the consensus set forth in EITF 94-3,
"Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other
Costs to Exit an Activity (Including Certain Costs Incurred in a
Restructuring)" in recognizing the accrued restructuring expenses.
During 2001 through 2003, we recorded expenses of approximately
$6,182,000 related to costs associated with the Consolidation, including
severance pay, stay bonuses, employee benefits, moving expenses,
non-cancelable lease payments, accelerated depreciation and other costs.
40
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8. ACCRUED BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES (CONTINUED)
In December 2004, we determined that certain functions would be
relocated and/or expanded in our Wallingford, CT corporate offices. In
order to achieve the benefit of these changes, we expanded our use of space
in our current facility. Because of this increase in use of space in the
Wallingford facility, and because we had experienced lower than expected
operating and maintenance costs than previously estimated, during 2004 we
reversed $225,000 of previously accrued amounts provided for the remaining
non-cancelable lease payments and related costs.
In November 2006, we executed an agreement effective May 1, 2007 to
terminate the lease agreement for our Wallingford, CT facility (the
"Release Agreement"). Prior to the execution of the Release Agreement, we
accrued for the remaining non-cancelable lease payments and other related
costs for the unused portion of this facility through the expiration date
of the lease (March 31, 2008). As a result of the Release Agreement and the
early termination of the lease, we were released from the legal obligation
for lease payments after May 1, 2007 and, accordingly, we were released
from the legal obligation for lease payments after May 1, 2007 and,
accordingly, we reversed approximately $479,000 of previously accrued
restructuring reserve in the fourth quarter of 2006. As of December 31,
2006, our restructuring accrual was $315,000, which represents the
estimated remaining non-cancelable lease payments and other related costs
for the unused portion of this facility through the new termination date of
the lease (May 1, 2007).
The following table summarizes the activity recorded in the
restructuring accrual:
Year ended December 31,
------------------------
(In thousands) 2006 2005 2004
------ ------ ------
Accrual balance, beginning of year $1,193 $1,640 $2,311
------ ------ ------
Business consolidation and
restructuring expenses:
Reversal of lease obligation related
to unused space (479) -- (225)
------ ------ ------
(479) -- (225)
------ ------ ------
Cash payments (399) (447) (446)
------ ------ ------
Accrual balance, end of year $ 315 $1,193 $1,640
====== ====== ======
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, $0 and $773,000, respectively, of the
restructuring accrual was classified as part of long-term liabilities. The
long-term portion represents the portion of non-cancelable lease
termination costs and other costs expected to be paid beyond one year.
9. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
On April 1, 1997, we established the TransAct Technologies Retirement
Savings Plan (the "401(k) Plan"), a defined contribution plan under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All full-time employees are eligible
to participate in the 401(k) Plan at the beginning of the calendar quarter
immediately following their date of hire. We match employees' contributions
at a rate of 50% of employees' contributions up to the first 6% of the
employees' compensation contributed to the 401(k) Plan. Our matching
contributions were $249,000, $225,000 and $201,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
41
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
10. BORROWINGS
On November 28, 2006, we signed a new, five-year $20 million credit
facility (the "New TD Banknorth Credit Facility") with TD Banknorth, N.A.
("TD Banknorth"). The new credit facility provides for a $20 million
revolving credit line expiring on November 28, 2011. The New TD Banknorth
Credit facility replaces a previous $11.5 million credit facility also with
TD Banknorth. Borrowings under the new revolving credit line bear a
floating rate of interest at the prime rate minus one-percent and are
secured by a lien on all of our assets. We also pay a fee of 0.25% on
unused borrowings under the revolving credit line. Deferred financing costs
relating to expenses incurred to complete the New TD Banknorth Credit
Facility were $88,000 at December 31, 2006. The New TD Banknorth Credit
Facility imposes certain quarterly financial covenants on us and restricts
the payment of dividends on our common stock and the creation of other
liens. We were in compliance with all financial covenants of the New TD
Banknorth Credit Facility at December 31, 2006.
As of December 31, 2006, we had no outstanding borrowings on the
revolving credit line. Undrawn commitments under the New TD Banknorth
Credit Facility were $20,000,000 at December 31, 2006.
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In April 2005, we announced a complaint against FutureLogic, Inc.
("FutureLogic") in Connecticut, which charges FutureLogic with
disseminating false and misleading statements. We assert claims of
defamation and certain other charges. In May 2005, FutureLogic filed a
complaint against us in California, asserting false advertising,
defamation, trade libel and certain other charges. We moved to dismiss
FutureLogic's action in California, on the grounds that any claims raised
in that action should have been brought as part of the case filed by us in
Connecticut. In the alternative, we moved to stay the California action
pending the resolution of jurisdictional motions in the Connecticut court.
In January 2006, the California court filed an order granting our motion to
stay the California proceeding pending the resolution of jurisdictional
motions in the Connecticut case. Under the California court's order, should
the Connecticut court find that it has jurisdiction over FutureLogic,
FutureLogic's case will be transferred to the Connecticut court for
consolidation with the action pending in that forum. In September 2006, the
District of Connecticut dismissed our case because of a lack of
jurisdiction. The decision was not on the merits of our claims, but on the
jurisdiction of the court in which the suit was brought. The California
District Court has been notified of this development. The action is
currently in the pre-trial motion stage and, as of December 31, 2006, we
are currently unable to estimate any potential liability or range of loss
associated with this litigation. Accordingly, no amounts have been accrued
in the financial statements related to this matter.
At December 31, 2005, we were lessee on operating leases for equipment
and real property. Rent expense was approximately $1,330,000, $1,294,000
and $1,098,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Minimum aggregate
rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or
remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December
31, 2006 are as follows: $978,000 in 2007; $877,000 in 2008; $867,000 in
2009; $716,000 in 2010; $745,000 in 2011; and $1,440,000 thereafter. Such
payments include those related to the lease of our Wallingford, CT
manufacturing facility, a portion of which has been recognized within the
restructuring accrual described in Note 8.
12. PATENT LICENSE FEES
During 2004, we signed a cross licensing agreement with Seiko Epson.
Under the agreement, Seiko Epson received a license to three of our
patents, and we received a license to eighteen of Seiko Epson's patents
relating to printing applications for the point of sale and banking
markets. In addition, we agreed to pay $900,000 as a royalty for the usage
of certain Seiko Epson technology prior to January 1, 2003, which we paid
in full by January 2005. Under the agreement, we continue to pay royalties
on a quarterly basis related to the sales of licensed printers, which is
reflected in cost of sales.
42
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13. STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND WARRANTS
STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS. We currently have four primary stock incentive
plans: the 1996 Stock Plan, which provides for the grant of awards to
officers and other key employees of the Company; the 1996 Directors' Stock
Plan, which provides for non-discretionary awards to non-employee
directors; the 2001 Employee Stock Plan, which provides for the grant of
awards to key employees of the Company and other non-employees who may
provide services to the Company; and the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, which
provides for awards to executives, key employees, directors and
consultants. The plans generally provide for awards in the form of: (i)
incentive stock options, (ii) non-qualified stock options, (iii) restricted
stock, (iv) restricted stock units, (v) stock appreciation rights or (vi)
limited stock appreciation rights. However, the 2001 Employee Stock Plan
does not provide for incentive stock option awards. Options granted under
these plans have exercise prices equal to 100% of the fair market value of
the common stock at the date of grant. Options granted have a ten-year term
and generally vest over a three- to five-year period, unless automatically
accelerated for certain defined events. Effective upon the approval of the
2005 Equity Incentive Plan on May 25, 2005, no new awards will be made
under the 1996 Stock Plan, the 1996 Directors' Stock Plan or the 2001
Employee Stock Plan. At December 31, 2006, approximately 462,000 shares of
common stock remained available for issuance under the 2005 Equity
Incentive Plan.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN: In May 2000, our shareholders approved
the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), under which 75,000 shares of
our common stock were available for issuance to employees beginning June 1,
2000. All full-time employees were eligible to participate in the ESPP at
the beginning of each six-month period (the "Offering Period"), which began
on June 1 and December 1. Eligible employees could elect to withhold up to
5% of their salary to purchase shares of our common stock at a price equal
to 85% of the fair market value of the stock on the first or last day of
each Offering Period, whichever is lower. The ESPP was terminated on May
31, 2005. We issued 2,690 and 3,706, shares of common stock under the ESPP
during 2005 and 2004, respectively. At December 31, 2006, no shares
remained available for issuance due to the termination of the ESPP.
Under the assumptions indicated below, the weighted-average fair value
of stock option grants for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2004 was
$5.91 and $20.64, respectively. No fair value or assumptions have been
disclosed for the year ended December 31, 2005 as no stock option grants
were made during this period. The table below indicates the key assumptions
used in the option valuation calculations for options granted in the twelve
months ended December 31, 2006 and 2004 and a discussion of our methodology
for developing each of the assumptions used in the valuation model:
Year ended December Year ended December
31, 2006 31, 2004
------------------- -------------------
Expected option term 5.2 years 8.9 years
Expected volatility 78.4% 81.5%
Risk-free interest rate 4.5% 3.6%
Dividend yield 0% 0%
Expected Option Term - This is the weighted average period of time
over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding giving
consideration to our historical exercise patterns. Options granted have a
maximum term of ten years. An increase in the expected term will increase
compensation expense.
Expected Volatility - The stock volatility for each grant is measured
using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of our common
stock over the most recent period approximately equal to the expected
option term of the grant. An increase in the expected volatility factor
will increase compensation expense.
Risk-Free Interest Rate - This is the U.S. Treasury rate in effect at
the time of grant having a term approximately equal to the expected term of
the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase
compensation expense.
Dividend Yield - We have not made any dividend payments on our common
stock, and we have no plans to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. An
increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.
43
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13. STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
Prior to adopting the provisions of FAS 123R, we recorded estimated
compensation expense for employee stock options based upon their intrinsic
value on the date of grant pursuant to APB 25 and provided the required pro
forma disclosures of FAS 123. Because we established the exercise price
based on the fair market value of our common stock at the date of grant,
the stock options had no intrinsic value upon grant, and therefore no
expense was recorded prior to adopting FAS 123R. We recorded compensation
expense for restricted stock at the fair value of the stock at the date of
grant, recognized over the service period. Each accounting period, we
reported the potential dilutive impact of stock options in our diluted
earnings per common share using the treasury-stock method. Out-of-the-money
stock options (i.e., the average stock price during the period was below
the strike price of the stock option) were not included in diluted earnings
per common share as their effect was anti-dilutive.
For purposes of pro forma disclosures under FAS 123 for the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the estimated fair value of the
share-based awards was assumed to be amortized to expense over the stock
option's vesting periods. The pro forma effects of recognizing estimated
compensation expense under the fair value method on net income and net
income per common share were as follows:
Year ended Year ended
December 31, December 31,
2005 2004
(In thousands, except per share data) ------------ ------------
Net income available to common shareholders:
Net income available to common shareholders, as reported $ 377 $5,236
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included
in reported net income, net of tax 315 205
Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense determined
under fair value based method for all awards, net
of tax (1,294) (390)
------- ------
Pro forma net (loss) income available to common shareholders $ (602) $5,051
======= ======
Net (loss) income per common share:
Basic:
As reported $ 0.04 $ 0.55
Pro forma $ (0.06) $ 0.53
Diluted:
As reported $ 0.04 $ 0.51
Pro forma $ (0.06) $ 0.49
The fair values used to reflect the pro forma effects of estimated
share-based compensation expense on net income and earnings per common
share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were estimated at the
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
44
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13. STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
After the adoption of FAS 123R, we recognized compensation expense
associated with awards granted after January 1, 2006, and the unvested
portion of previously granted restricted stock awards that were outstanding
as of January 1, 2006, in our condensed consolidated statement of income
for the year ended December 31, 2006. During 2006, we recognized
compensation expense, net of reversal of expense related to forfeitures, of
$111,000 for stock options and $470,000 for restricted stock, which was
recorded in our consolidated statement of income. The income tax benefits
from share-based payments recorded in the income statement totaled $204,000
for 2006. No compensation expense related to stock options was recorded in
2005 and $458,000 in compensation expense related to restricted stock was
recorded in 2005. The following table illustrates the impact of the
adoption of FAS 123R on reported amounts:
Year ended December 31, 2006
----------------------------
Impact of
As FAS 123R
Reported Adoption
-------- ---------
Operating income $6,088 $ 111
Income before income taxes 6,033 111
Net income 3,916 72
Net income per share:
Basic $ 0.41 $0.01
Diluted 0.40 0.01
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the adoption of FAS 123R
resulted in tax benefits from stock options exercised in the period being
classified as financing activities in the 2006 statement of cash flows.
Shares that are issued upon exercise of employee stock options are newly
issued shares and not issued from treasury stock. Upon the adoption of FAS
123R, we also reclassified the unamortized restricted stock compensation
account of $1,837,000 against additional paid-in capital. This adjustment
was applied using MPA and, accordingly, has not been reflected in the 2005
financial statements.
45
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13. STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
The 1996 Stock Plan, 1996 Directors' Stock Plan, 2001 Employee Stock
Plan and 2005 Equity Incentive Plan option activity is summarized below:
Year Ended December 31,
---------------------------------------------------------------
2006 2005 2004
------------------- ------------------ --------------------
Weighted Weighted Weighted
Average Average Average
Exercise Exercise Exercise
Shares Price Shares Price Shares Price
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------- --------
Outstanding at beginning of
period: 741,501 $ 6.10 813,664 $ 5.97 1,123,533 $ 4.50
Granted 115,000 8.83 -- -- 52,750 26.81
Exercised (136,157) 5.05 (71,064) 4.55 (321,947) 4.28
Canceled (13,000) 10.62 (1,099) 3.93 (40,672) 5.74
-------- ------ ------- ------ --------- ------
Outstanding at end of period 707,344 $ 6.67 741,501 $ 6.10 813,664 $ 5.97
======== ====== ======= ====== ========= ======
Options exercisable at end of
Period 602,344 $ 6.29 741,501 $ 6.10 458,382 $ 4.67
======== ====== ======= ====== ========= ======
Options Outstanding
---------------------------------------- Options Exercisable
Weighted- --------------------------
Weighted- Average Weighted-
Outstanding at Average Remaining Exercisable at Average
December 31, Exercise Contractual December 31, Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices 2006 Price Life 2006 Price
- ------------------------ -------------- --------- ----------- -------------- ---------
(In years)
$ 2.00 - $ 5.00 423,469 $ 3.70 5.0 423,469 $ 3.70
5.01 - 7.50 115,875 6.53 4.3 115,875 6.53
7.51 - 10.00 118,750 8.74 8.2 13,750 8.09
10.01 - 25.00 13,500 16.50 5.2 13,500 16.50
25.01 - 35.00 35,750 31.66 7.2 35,750 31.66
------- -------
707,344 6.67 5.6 602,344 6.29
======= =======
At December 31, 2006, outstanding stock options at the end of the year
had an intrinsic value of $2,180,000. At December 31, 2006, outstanding
stock options that are vested or expected to vest were 658,603 at a
weighted average exercise price of $6.67. In addition, outstanding stock
options that are vested or expected to vest had an intrinsic value of
$2,042,000 with a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.0 years.
As of December 31, 2006, unrecognized compensation cost related to stock
options totaled $509,000, which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 4.1 years.
At December 31, 2006, exercisable stock options had an intrinsic value
of $2,159,000 with a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.9
years. In addition, exercisable stock options that are vested or expected
to vest were 556,417 and had an intrinsic value of $2,022,000 at a
weighted average exercise price of $6.29.
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $825,000 for
the year ended December 31, 2006. No stock options vested during the year
ended December 31, 2006.
Cash received from stock option exercises for the year ended December
31, 2006 was $687,000.
46
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13. STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
RESTRICTED STOCK: Under the 1996 Stock Plan, 2001 Employee Stock Plan
and 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, we have granted shares of restricted common
stock, for no consideration, to our officers, directors and certain key
employees. Restricted stock activity for the 1996 Stock Plan, 2001 Employee
Stock Plan and 2005 Equity Incentive Plan is summarized below:
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Values
-------------
Nonvested shares at December 31, 2005 $12.23
Granted 13.78
Vested 12.78
Canceled 12.64
Nonvested shares at December 31, 2006 12.22
Year Ended December 31,
---------------------------
2006 2005 2004
------- ------- -------
Nonvested shares at beginning of period 187,550 79,500 16,999
Granted 15,000 125,400 81,000
Vested (36,684) (17,100) (15,499)
Canceled (11,750) (250) (3,000)
------- ------- -------
Nonvested shares at end of period 154,116 187,550 79,500
======= ======= =======
As of December 31, 2006, unrecognized compensation cost related to
restricted stock totaled $1,426,000, which is expected to be recognized
over a weighted average period of 3.1 years. The total intrinsic value of
restricted stock that vested during the twelve months ended December 31,
2006 was $338,000.
14. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
In December 1997, our Board of Directors adopted a Stockholder Rights
Plan declaring a distribution of one right (the "Rights") for each
outstanding share of our common stock to shareholders of record at December
15, 1997. Initially, each of the Rights will entitle the registered holder
to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, at a price of $69 per one one-thousandth
of a share. The Rights, however, will not become exercisable unless and
until, among other things, any person or group of affiliated persons
acquires beneficial ownership of 15 percent or more of the then outstanding
shares of the Company's Common Stock. If a person, or group of persons,
acquires 15 percent or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company
(subject to certain conditions and exceptions more fully described in the
Rights Agreement), each Right will entitle the holder (other than the
person, or group of persons, who acquired 15 percent or more of the
outstanding Common Stock) to purchase Preferred Stock of the Company having
a market value equal to twice the exercise price of the Right. The Rights
are redeemable, under certain circumstances, for $0.0001 per Right and will
expire, unless earlier redeemed, on December 2, 2007.
On February 16, 1999, we amended the Stockholder Rights Plan to remove
the provision in the plan that stipulated that the plan may be modified or
redeemed only by those members of the Board of Directors who are defined as
continuing directors.
47
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15. INCOME TAXES
The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------
(In thousands) 2006 2005 2004
------ ----- ------
Current:
Federal $ 952 $ 7 $2,077
State 41 68 216
Foreign 541 525 306
------ ----- ------
1,534 600 2,599
------ ----- ------
Deferred:
Federal 552 (634) 363
State 31 (14) 17
Foreign -- -- --
------ ----- ------
583 (648) 380
------ ----- ------
Income tax provision (benefit) $2,117 $ (48) $2,979
====== ===== ======
At December 31, 2006, we have $1,599,000 of state net operating loss
carryforwards that begin to expire in 2009, and no federal net operating
loss carryforwards. We also have approximately $129,000 in federal research
and development tax credit carryforwards that begin to expire in 2011 and
foreign tax credit carryforwards of approximately $401,000 that begin to
expire in 2011. We had foreign income before taxes of $1,813,000,
$1,833,000 and $1,084,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax
basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial
statements. Our gross deferred tax assets and liabilities were comprised of
the following:
December 31,
---------------
(In thousands) 2006 2005
------ ------
Gross deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses $ 47 $ 67
Accrued restructuring expenses 116 418
Capitalized research and development 574 790
Inventory reserves 702 800
Deferred revenue 100 165
Warranty reserve 223 238
Foreign tax and other credits 615 927
Other liabilities and reserves 516 591
------ ------
2,893 3,996
Valuation allowance (64) (207)
------ ------
Net deferred tax assets 2,829 3,789
------ ------
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation 12 401
Other 108 96
------ ------
Net deferred tax liabilities 120 497
------ ------
Net deferred tax assets $2,709 $3,292
====== ======
48
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
15. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
During 2006 and 2005, we recorded a valuation allowance of $64,000 and
$207,000 on a portion of our foreign tax credits, research and development
credits and certain state net operating loss carryforwards. We have
determined that it is more likely than not that the remaining net deferred
tax assets will be realized, and no additional valuation allowance is
considered necessary, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Differences between the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate and our
effective income tax rate are analyzed below:
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------
2006 2005 2004
---- ----- ----
Federal statutory tax rate 34.0% 34.0% 34.0%
State income taxes, net of federal income taxes 1.1 (9.1) 1.0
Tax benefit from tax credits, net of valuation
allowance (0.7) (17.5) (0.8)
Foreign rate differential -- 9.4 (0.7)
Valuation allowance and tax accruals 0.4 (41.7) --
Permanent items 0.6 13.0 --
Other (0.3) (2.7) 1.8
---- ----- ----
Effective tax rate 35.1% (14.6%) 35.3%
==== ===== ====
16. EARNINGS PER SHARE
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, earnings per
share were computed as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
Year Ended December 31,
--------------------------
2006 2005 2004
------ ------- -------
Net income $3,916 $ 377 $ 5,458
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock -- -- (111)
Earnings allocation to preferred shareholders -- -- (111)
------ ------- -------
Net income available to common shareholders $3,916 $ 377 $ 5,236
====== ======= =======
Shares:
Basic: Weighted average common shares outstanding 9,577 9,849 9,593
Add: Dilutive effect of outstanding options and
warrants as determined by the treasury stock method 293 314 638
------ ------- -------
Diluted: Weighted average common and common
equivalent shares outstanding
9,870 10,163 10,231
====== ======= =======
Net income per common share:
Basic $ 0.41 $ 0.04 $ 0.55
Diluted 0.40 0.04 0.51
For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, potentially dilutive
shares that were excluded from the earnings per share calculation,
consisting of out-of-the-money stock options and warrants, were 101,750 and
52,250 shares, respectively.
49
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
17. PREFERRED STOCK
On April 7, 2000 we sold 4,000 shares of 7% Series B Cumulative
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") in
consideration of $1,000 per share (the "Stated Value"), for a total of
$4,000,000, less issuance costs. The holders of the Preferred Stock were
entitled to receive a cumulative annual dividend of $70 per share, payable
quarterly and had preference to any other dividends, if any, paid by the
Company. In April 2004, all shareholders of our Series B Preferred Stock
converted all their preferred shares into common stock. Pursuant to the
conversion, a total of 666,665 new shares of common stock were issued. We
recorded the costs of registering and issuing these shares as a deduction
to Additional Paid-In Capital.
18. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
On March 25, 2005, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase
program ("the Stock Repurchase Program"). Under the Stock Repurchase
Program, we are authorized to repurchase up to $10 million of our
outstanding shares of common stock from time to time in the open market
over a three-year period ending on March 25, 2008, depending on market
conditions, share price and other factors. As of December 31, 2006, we
repurchased a total of 801,300 shares of common stock for approximately
$6,492,000 under this program, at an average price of $8.10 per share. We
use the cost method to account for treasury stock purchases, under which
the price paid for the stock is charged to the treasury stock account.
19. INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
We have foreign operations primarily from TransAct Technologies Ltd.,
a wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom, which had sales to its
customers of approximately $2,722,000, $2,181,000 and $1,000,000 in 2006,
2005 and 2004, respectively. Tangible assets at foreign locations are not
material. We had sales from the United States to our customers outside of
the United States of approximately $11,416,000, $10,137,000 and $5,423,000
in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. International sales do not include
sales of printers made to domestic distributors or other domestic customers
who in turn may ship those printers to international destinations.
20. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
Our quarterly results of operations for 2006 and 2005 are as follows:
Quarter Ended
-----------------------------------------------
(In thousands, except per share amounts) March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31
-------- ------- ------------ -----------
2006:
Net sales $16,434 $16,905 $15,276 $15,713
Gross profit 5,687 5,746 5,438 5,494
Net income 1,057 857 1,019 983
Net income per share:
Basic 0.11 0.09 0.11 0.10
Diluted 0.11 0.09 0.10 0.10
March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31
-------- ------- ------------ -----------
2005:
Net sales $12,036 $12,346 $14,210 $12,499
Gross profit 3,677 4,254 4,576 3,083
Net income (loss) 163 267 674 (727)
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic 0.02 0.03 0.07 (0.08)
Diluted 0.02 0.03 0.07 (0.08)
50
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(Amounts in thousands)
Balance at Balance at
Beginning of Write-offs, net End of
Description Period Provision of recoveries Period
- ----------- ------------ --------- --------------- ----------
Valuation account for accounts receivable:
Year ended December 31, 2006 $ 240 $ -- $ (36) $ 204
Year ended December 31, 2005 $ 175 $ 68 $ (3) $ 240
Year ended December 31, 2004 $ 100 $ 73 $ 2 $ 175
Valuation account for inventories:
Year ended December 31, 2006 $2,165 $266 $(531) $1,900
Year ended December 31, 2005 $2,010 $995 $(840) $2,165
Year ended December 31, 2004 $1,950 $148 $ (88) $2,010
51
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Attached as exhibits to this Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), which are required in
accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act). This "Controls and Procedures" section includes information
concerning the controls and controls evaluation referred to in the
certifications. Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K sets forth the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm,
regarding its audit of TransAct's internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2006 and of management's assessment of internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 set forth below in this section.
This section should be read in conjunction with the CEO and CFO certifications
and the PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report for a more complete understanding of
the topics presented.
EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation
of our "disclosure controls and procedures" ("Disclosure Controls") for the
period covered by this Form 10-K. The controls evaluation was conducted under
the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and
CFO. Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably
assure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the
Exchange Act, such as this Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission's (SEC's) rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to
reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure. Our quarterly evaluation of Disclosure Controls
includes an evaluation of some components of our internal control over financial
reporting, and internal control over financial reporting is also separately
evaluated on an annual basis for purposes of providing the management report
which is set forth below.
The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls included a review of the
controls' objectives and design, the company's implementation of the controls
and the effect of the controls on the information generated for use in this Form
10-K. In the course of the controls evaluation, we review data errors, control
problems or acts of fraud, if any, and seek to confirm that appropriate
corrective actions, including process improvements, are being undertaken. This
type of evaluation is performed on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions of
management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning the effectiveness of the
Disclosure Controls can be reported in our periodic reports on Form 10-Q and
Form 10-K. Many of the components of our Disclosure Controls are also evaluated
on an ongoing basis by personnel in our finance organization. The overall goals
of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our Disclosure Controls,
and to modify them as necessary. Our intent is to maintain the Disclosure
Controls as dynamic systems that change as conditions warrant.
Based upon the evaluation of the controls, our CEO and CFO have concluded
that, as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, our Disclosure
Controls were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information
required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC, and that
material information relating to TransAct and our consolidated subsidiaries is
made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, particularly during the
period when our periodic reports are being prepared.
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The implementation of our new accounting system, completed effective
January 8, 2007, required us to modify and add certain internal controls and
processes and procedures. Otherwise, no change in our internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the
Exchange Act) occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2006 that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting.
MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in
reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
52
Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2006. Management based its assessment on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control
over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006 based on the COSO
criteria identified above, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.
Our management's assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as
stated in their report which appears herein.
INHERENT LIMITATIONS ON EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS
A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide
only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives
will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative
to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control
systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that
misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues
and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected.
These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in
decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple
errors or mistakes. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of
some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of
the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance
that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential
future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to
future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance
with policies or procedures.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The information in response to this item is incorporated by reference from
the Proxy Statement sections entitled "Election of Directors" and "Executive
Officers."
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information in response to this item is incorporated by reference from
the Proxy Statement sections entitled "Executive Compensation and Certain
Transactions" and "Compensation Discussion and Analysis."
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information contained in "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management" of the Proxy Statement is hereby incorporated herein by
reference.
53
Information regarding our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2006
is as follows:
(c)
Number of securities
remaining available
(a) (b) for future issuance
Number of securities Weighted average under equity
to be issued upon exercise price of compensation plans
exercise of outstanding (excluding securities
outstanding options, options, warrants reflected in column
Plan category warrants and rights and rights (a))
------------- -------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Equity compensation plans approved by
security holders:
1996 Stock Plan 472,278 $ 2.95 --
1996 Non-Employee Director Plan 176,250 10.91 --
2005 Equity Incentive Plan 135,000 6.86 462,000
------- ------ -------
Total 783,528 $ 5.42 462,000
------- ------ -------
Equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders:
2001 Employee Stock Plan 77,932 $ 6.03 --
------- ------ -------
861,460 $ 5.47 462,000
======= ====== =======
The TransAct Technologies Incorporated 2001 Employee Stock Plan (the "2001
Employee Plan") was adopted by our Board of Directors, without approval of our
security holders, effective February 26, 2001. Under the 2001 Employee Plan, we
may issue non-qualified stock options, shares of restricted stock, restricted
units to acquire shares of common stock, stock appreciation rights and limited
stock appreciation rights to key employees of TransAct or any of our
subsidiaries and to non-employees who provide services to TransAct or any of our
subsidiaries. The 2001 Employee Plan is administered by our Compensation
Committee, which has the authority to determine the vesting period and other
similar restrictions and terms of awards, provided that the exercise price of
options granted under the plan may not be less than the fair market value of the
underlying shares on the date of grant.
In May 2005, our shareholders approved the adoption of the 2005 Equity
Incentive Plan. No new awards will be available for future issuance under any
existing TransAct equity plan other than the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
The information contained in "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions" of the Proxy Statement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information contained in "Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm's Fees" of the Proxy Statement is herby incorporated herein by reference.
54
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
THE FOLLOWING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS ARE FILED AS PART OF THIS
REPORT:
(i) Financial statements
See Item 8.
(ii) Financial statement schedules
All other schedules are omitted since the required information is
either (a) not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require
submission of the schedule or (b) included in the financial statements
or notes thereto.
(iii) List of exhibits
3.1(a) Certificate of Incorporation of TransAct Technologies Incorporated ("TransAct" or the (2)
"Company"), filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 17, 1996.
3.1(b) Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with (4)
the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 4, 1997.
3.1(c) Certificate of Designation, Series A Preferred Stock, filed with the Secretary of (5)
State of Delaware on December 2, 1997.
3.1(d) Certificate of Designation, Series B Preferred Stock, filed with the Secretary of (8)
State of Delaware on April 6, 2000.
3.2 Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company. (6)
4.1 Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (2)
4.2 Amended and Restated Rights Agreement between TransAct and American Stock Transfer & (5)
Trust Company dated February 16, 1998.
10.1(x) 1996 Stock Plan, effective July 30, 1996. (3)
10.2(x) Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan, effective August 22, 1996. (3)
10.3(x) 2001 Employee Stock Plan. (9)
10.4(x) 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (14)
10.5(x) Employment Agreement, dated July 31, 1996, by and between TransAct and Bart C. (2)
Shuldman.
10.6(x) Severance Agreement by and between TransAct and Michael S. Kumpf, dated September 4, (3)
1996.
10.7(x) Severance Agreement by and between TransAct and Steven A. DeMartino, dated June 1, (13)
2004.
10.8 Lease Agreement by and between Bomax Properties and Ithaca, dated as of March 23, (2)
1992.
10.9 Second Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Bomax Properties and Ithaca, dated (4)
December 2, 1996.
10.10 Agreement regarding the Continuation and Renewal of Lease by and between Bomax (11)
Properties, LLC and TransAct, dated July 18, 2001.
10.11 Lease Agreement by and between Pyramid Construction Company and Magnetec, dated July (4)
30, 1997.
10.12 Lease Addendum by and between Wallingford Warehouse LLC (successor in interest to (1)
Pyramid Construction Company) and TransAct dated November 28, 2006.
10.13 Lease Agreement by and between Las Vegas Airport Properties LLC and TransAct dated (13)
December 2, 2004.
55
10.14 Lease Agreement by and between 2319 Hamden Center I, L.L.C. and TransAct dated (1)
November 27, 2006.
10.15 OEM Purchase Agreement by and between GTECH Corporation, TransAct and Magnetec (7)
Corporation commencing July 14, 1999. (Pursuant to Rule 24-b-2 under the Exchange Act,
the Company has requested confidential treatment of portions of this exhibit deleted
from the filed copy.)
10.16 OEM Purchase Agreement by and between GTECH Corporation and TransAct commencing July (10)
2, 2002. (Pursuant to Rule 24-b-2 under the Exchange Act, the Company has requested
confidential treatment of portions of this exhibit deleted from the filed copy.)
10.17 Amendment to OEM Purchase Agreement by and between GTECH Corporation and TransAct, (15)
dated February 17, 2006. (Pursuant to Rule 24-b-2 under the Exchange Act, the Company
has requested confidential treatment of portions of this exhibit deleted from the
filed copy.)
10.18 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement between TransAct and TD (1)
Banknorth, N.A. dated November 28, 2006
10.19 License Agreement between Seiko Epson Corporation and TransAct dated May 17, 2004 (12)
(Pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act, the Company has requested confidential
treatment of portions of this exhibit deleted from the filed copy.)
23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (1)
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley (1)
Act of 2002
31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley (1)
Act of 2002
32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted (1)
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted (1)
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
56
(1) These exhibits are filed herewith.
(2) These exhibits, which were previously filed with the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-06895), are incorporated by reference.
(3) These exhibits, which were previously filed with the Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 1996 (Commission
File No. 000-21121), are incorporated by reference.
(4) These exhibits, which were previously filed with the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (Commission File
No. 000-21121), are incorporated by reference.
(5) These exhibits, which were previously filed with the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed February 18, 1999 (Commission File No. 000-21121),
are incorporated by reference.
(6) This exhibit, which was previously filed with the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (Commission File No.
000-21121), is incorporated by reference.
(7) This exhibit, which was previously filed with the Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 25, 1999 (Commission
File No. 000-21121), is incorporated by reference.
(8) These exhibits, which were previously filed with the Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 25, 2000, are incorporated
by reference.
(9) This exhibit, which was previously filed with the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-59570), is incorporated by reference.
(10) This exhibit, which was previously filed with the Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002, is incorporated by
reference.
(11) This exhibit, which was previously filed with the Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2003, is incorporated by
reference.
(12) This exhibit, which was previously filed with the Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2004, is incorporated by
reference.
(13) These exhibits, which were previously filed with the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, are incorporated
by reference.
(14) This exhibit, which was previously filed with the Company's Current Report
on Form 8-K filed June 1, 2005 (Commission File No. 000-21121), is
incorporated by reference.
(15) These exhibits, which were previously filed with the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, are incorporated
by reference.
(x) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
filed pursuant to Item 14(c).
57
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
By: /s/ Bart C. Shuldman
------------------------------------
Name: Bart C. Shuldman
Title: Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 15, 2007
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
- --------- ----- ----
/s/ Bart C. Shuldman Chairman of the Board, President and March 15, 2007
- ------------------------------------- Chief Executive Officer
Bart C. Shuldman (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Steven A. DeMartino Executive Vice President, Chief Financial March 15, 2007
- ------------------------------------- Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Steven A. DeMartino (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Charles A. Dill Director March 15, 2007
- -------------------------------------
Charles A. Dill
/s/ Thomas R. Schwarz Director March 15, 2007
- -------------------------------------
Thomas R. Schwarz
/s/ Graham Y. Tanaka Director March 15, 2007
- -------------------------------------
Graham Y. Tanaka
58
EXHIBIT LIST
The following exhibits are filed herewith.
Exhibit
- -------
10.12 Lease Addendum by and between Wallingford Warehouse LLC (successor in
interest to Pyramid Construction Company) and TransAct dated November
28, 2006.
10.14 Lease Agreement by and between 2319 Hamden Center I, L.L.C. and
TransAct dated November 27, 2006.
10.18 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement between
TransAct and TD Banknorth, N.A. dated November 28, 2006
23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
59
Exhibit 10.12
LEASE ADDENDUM
This Agreement, made this 26th day of September 2006 by and between WALLINGFORD
WAREHOUSE LLC (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord") and MAGNETEC CORP.
(hereinafter referred to as "Tenant");
WITNESS THAT:
Whereas, the parties hereto have heretofore entered into a "Lease of Industrial
Property" Agreement dated July 30, 1997, whereby Landlord (successor in interest
to (Pyramid Construction Company) leased to Tenant approximately 49,068 square
feet with an expiration date of March 31, 2008; and
Whereas, Tenant desires to terminate its business operations at the location
covered by the Lease and to cancel and terminate its obligations and rights
hereunder; and whereas also:
Landlord desires to cancel and terminate the Lease as of the close of business
April 30, 2007;
Now therefore, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
1. Article 1 (e) "Expiration Date" Is hereby amended to April 30, 2007
and the Lease Agreement (including the Lease Agreement Riders "Option
to Renew #1" and "Option to Renew #2") shall be deemed expired as of
the close of business April 30, 2007.
2. Tenant shall vacate and surrender the premises to Landlord by
delivering all keys to Pyramid Construction Group LLC, 275 North
Franklin Turnpike, Ramsey, NJ 07446.
3. Tenant will leave the premises in a broom clean condition, all
fixtures can be left at Tenant's option.
4. The payment due Landlord for the unamortized portion of the
$350,000.00 office expansion will be reduced by $75,000.00.
All other terms and conditions of the Lease of Industrial Property will remain
in full force and effect.
WALLINGFORD WAREHOUSE LLC MAGNETEC, CORP.
/s/ William J. Coleman /s/ Steven A. DeMartino
- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
William J. Coleman Steven A. DeMartino
Date: 11/28/06
/s/ Bart C. Shuldman
----------------------------------------
Bart C. Shuldman
Date: 11/27/06
.
.
.
Exhibit 10.14
BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
DATE: November 27, 2006
LANDLORD: 2319 HAMDEN CENTER I, L.L.C.
TENANT: TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCorporated
BUILDING: One Hamden Center
2319 Whitney Avenue
Hamden, CT 06518
PREMISES: ONE HAMDEN CENTER
2319 WHITNEY AVENUE, SUITE 3-B (11,075 RSF)
HAMDEN, CONNECTICUT
USE: General Office Use
LEASE TERM: One Hundred and Twenty (120) months
COMMENCEMENT DATE: Later of April 23, or date of "Substantial Completion" of
Tenant Improvements (See Lease Section 2)
BASE RENT: Month Monthly Rent Annual Rent
------ ------------ -----------
1-24 $11,666.67 $140,000.00
25-48 $13,500.00 $162,000.00
49-60 $17,073.96 $204,887.50
61-72 $17,996.88 $215,962.50
73-96 $18,919.79 $227,037.50
97-120 $19,611.98 $235,343.75
BASE YEAR: 2007
TENANT'S PERCENTAGE
SHARE: 9.86%
SECURITY DEPOSIT: $ NONE
BROKERS: CB Richard Ellis- NE Partners, L.P. and Press Cuozzo
Realtors
CONTRACT MANAGER: MCR Property Management, Inc.
ADDRESS FOR NOTICES: LANDLORD: One Hamden Center
2319 Whitney Avenue, Suite 1A
Hamden, Connecticut 06518
TENANT: 7 Laser Lane
Wallingford, CT 06492
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS: See Lease Section 7(b) $276,875.00 maximum allowance
EXHIBITS: Exhibits A, A-1, B, B-1, B-2, C, D, E, F, and G
INITIALS:
----------------------------- ---------------------------
LANDLORD TENANT
THIS LEASE, which is effective as of the date set forth in the Basic Lease
Information, is entered into by Landlord and Tenant, as set forth in the Basic
Lease Information. Terms which are capitalized in this Lease and are not
expressly defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Basic Lease
Information.
1. PREMISES. Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the
Premises described in the Basic Lease Information, which Premises are more
particularly shown on Exhibit A, together with the right in common to use the
Common Areas of the Building and the land (as described on Exhibit A-1) upon
which the Building is located (the "Property").The Common Areas shall mean the
areas and facilities within the Building and the Property provided and
designated by Landlord for the general use, convenience or benefit of Tenant and
other tenants and occupants of the Building, (including, without limitation,
common entrances and hallways, restrooms, trash disposal facilities, janitorial,
telephone and electrical closets and landscaping walks, the parking garage,
other unreserved parking areas, and drives).
Subject to prior rights of existing tenants as more particularly set forth
on Exhibit E, Tenant shall have a right of first offer to lease additional
adjacent space on the third floor of the building in which the Premises are
located on the same terms as herein provided, except that any Tenant Improvement
allowance shall be prorated at the rate of $2.50 per rentable square foot for
each full lease year of the remaining portion of the Initial Term of this Lease.
Said right of first offer shall be exercised by Tenant's written notice of its
intent to enter negotiations, which notice shall be sent to Landlord not more
than ten (10) days following receipt of Landlord's written notice to Tenant of
the availability of such space. In furtherance of the intention of this
provision, Landlord shall have a duty to give notice of the availability of such
space whenever the same shall become available during the term of the Lease.
2. TERM. The Lease Term shall commence on the Commencement Date (as set forth in
the Basic Lease Information) and, unless terminated on an earlier date in
accordance with the terms of this Lease, shall extend for the period (i.e.,
Lease Term) specified in the Basic Lease Information, together with the Option
Period as hereinafter defined if the Tenant has properly exercised its option to
extent the Lease Term. For purposes of determining the Commencement Date, the
term "Substantial Completion" shall mean the date on which: (i)Landlord's work
is "complete" as defined in the Workletter attached hereto as Exhibit B-1, (ii)
Landlord has delivered a certificate of occupancy for the Premises to the
Tenant, and (iii) Landlord delivers exclusive possession of the Premises in good
and operating condition. Any delay in Substantial Completion due to Tenant
delays shall not affect the determination of the Commencement Date, provided,
however, Tenant shall be obligated to reimburse Landlord for lost Base Rent for
each day of such delay. Payment of any lost Base Rent shall be made to Landlord
within ten (10) business days of billing.
Provided Tenant has delivered to Landlord evidence of the insurance
required under subsection 13(b) below and all necessary permits, Tenant shall
have the right to enter upon the Premises during the 14 day period prior to the
Commencement Date for the purpose of furniture setup, phone system installation,
data cabling, and the like. Any such entry shall be made in a manner which will
not interfere with the performance of Landlord's Work, and upon any reasonable
condition imposed by Landlord.
Promptly following the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute
a Commencement Date Certificate confirming the actual Commencement Date.
Provided Tenant has delivered the Space Plan (as described in Exhibit B-1)
by December 8, 2006, if the Commencement Date has not occurred by June 9, 2007
(the "Rent Credit Date"), then Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against Rent
equal to the amount of Base Rent payable for one (1) day for each two (2) days
between the Rent Credit Date and the Commencement Date. The Rent Credit Date
shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for each day of Tenant Delay. If the
Commencement Date has not occurred by April 23, 2007, then beginning on April
24, 2007, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with temporary space located on the
fourth floor of the Building to use and occupy pending occurrence of the
Commencement Date. Such temporary premises shall consist of at least 6,000
square feet of space and shall be reasonably sufficient in all respects for
Tenant to use and occupy for its business purposes. Tenant's use and occupancy
of the temporary space shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease,
except Tenant shall not have any obligation to pay any Rent or any other use or
occupancy fee, or to reimburse Landlord for any costs or expenses relating to
the temporary space; however, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs
of electric and data/telephone/communication services supplied to the
temporary space. Tenant's right to occupy the temporary space shall terminate on
the 10th business day following the Commencement Date, and any occupancy
thereafter shall be at the rate of $20.00 per square foot for each day of
occupancy in addition to and not in substitution for the applicable charges for
the Premises.
3. RENT. As used in this Lease, the term "Rent" shall include:(i) the Base Rent;
(ii) Tenant's Percentage Share of the total dollar increase, if any, in the
Operating Costs paid or incurred by Landlord during the calendar year over the
Operating Costs paid or incurred by Landlord in the Base Year ("Base Year
Operating Costs"), and; (iii) all other amounts which Tenant is obligated to pay
under the terms of this Lease. All amounts of money payable by Tenant to
Landlord shall be paid without prior notice or demand, deduction or offset. Any
amount which is not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until
the date paid at the rate ("Interest Rate") which is the lesser of twelve
percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law. In addition, if
any required payment of Rent or Additional Rent is not made within ten (10) days
of when due, Tenant shall pay a late charge of five (5%) percent of such overdue
sum.
4. BASE RENT. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent
to Contract Manager (or such other entity designated by Landlord), in advance,
on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, at Contract Manager's
address for notices (as set forth in the Basic Lease Information) or at such
other address as Landlord may designate. The Base Rent shall be the amount set
forth in the Basic Lease Information.
5. ADDITIONAL RENT - ANNUAL RENT ADJUSTMENTS/OPERATING COSTS.
(a) Increase in Operating Costs. Rent shall include Tenant's Percentage
Share of the total dollar increases (separately determined), if any, in the
Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and Insurance (collectively, the
Operating Costs) paid or incurred by Landlord during each calendar year of
the Term over the Base Year Operating Costs. If less than one hundred
percent (100%) of the rentable area of the Building is occupied during the
Base Year, Operating Expenses shall be adjusted to equal Landlord's
reasonable estimate of Operating Expenses if ninety-five percent (95%) of
the total rentable area of the Building were occupied during the Base Year.
(b) Operating Expenses. The term "Operating Expenses" shall mean (i) all of
Landlord's direct costs and expenses of operation, repair and maintenance
of the Building and the Common Areas and supporting facilities, including,
without limitation, management fees and costs, landscaping, maintenance,
security, and such costs as may be payable by Landlord under that certain
Declaration of Easement dated April 11, 1985 and recorded in Volume 728 of
the Hamden Land Records at Page 232 (the "Declaration"), as such
Declaration may be subsequently modified, all as reasonably determined by
Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or
other recognized accounting principles, consistently applied; (ii) costs,
or a portion thereof, properly allocable to the Building or Common Areas of
any capital improvements made to the Building or Common Areas by Landlord
which comprise labor-saving devices or other equipment intended to improve
the operating efficiency of any system within the Building or Common Areas
(such as an energy management computer system) to the extent of cost
savings in Operating Expenses as a result of the device or equipment, as
reasonably determined by Landlord; (iii) costs properly allocable to the
Building or Common Areas of any capital improvements made to the Building
or Common Areas by Landlord that are required under any governmental law or
regulation that was not applicable to the Building and Common Areas at the
time they were constructed, or that are reasonably required for the health
and safety of tenants in the Building, the costs, or allocable portion
thereof, to be amortized over the applicable useful life of the capital
item as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with U.S. GAAP
consistently applied, together with interest upon the unamortized balance
at the Interest Rate equal to the prime rate plus 1% ; and (iv) excluding
those "Excluded Costs" more particularly described on Exhibit F attached
hereto. If less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the rentable area of the
Building is occupied, Operating Expenses shall be adjusted to equal
Landlord's reasonable estimate of Operating Expenses if ninety-five percent
(95%) of the total rentable area of the Building were occupied.
(c) Real Property Taxes. For purposes of this Section 5, the term "Real
Property Taxes" shall include any ordinary or extraordinary form of
assessment or special assessment, license
fee, rent tax, levy, penalty (if a result of Tenant's delinquency), or tax,
other than net income, premium, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer
or franchise taxes, imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect
power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government for any
maintenance or improvement or other district or division thereof. The term
shall include all real estate taxes and all other taxes relating to the
Premises, Building and/or Property, all other taxes which may be levied in
lieu of real estate taxes, all assessments, levies, fees, and other
governmental charges for amounts necessary to be expended because of
governmental orders, whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary,
unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind and nature for public
improvement, services, benefits or any other purposes which are assessed,
levied, confirmed, imposed or become a lien upon the Premises, Building or
Property or become payable during the Term.
(d) Insurance. For purposes of this Section 5, the term "Insurance" shall
mean all of Landlord's direct costs and expenses of insuring Building and
the Common Areas and supporting facilities. If Landlord elects to
self-insure or includes the Property under blanket insurance policies
covering multiple properties, then the term "Insurance" shall include the
portion of the cost of such self-insurance or blanket insurance allocated
by Landlord to this Property; provided, however, the right to self-insure
shall only apply if Landlord is a property and casualty company authorized
to issue policies in the State of Connecticut, or otherwise complies with
requirements of law regarding reserves and financial reporting.
(e) Estimates of Increases in Operating Costs. During December of each
calendar year during the Term, commencing December 2007, or as soon
thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of
Landlord's estimates of any amount of Operating Costs in excess of the Base
Operating Costs and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5(a)
above, the amount of the increases which will be payable by Tenant for the
ensuing calendar year. Upon request, Landlord will provide Tenant with
reasonable documentation to substantiate Landlord's estimate. On or before
the first day of each month during the ensuing calendar year, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated amounts; provided,
however, that if notice is not given in December, Tenant shall continue to
pay on the basis of the then applicable Rent until the month after the
notice is given. If at any time it appears to Landlord that the increased
amount payable for the current calendar year will vary from Landlord's
estimates by more than five percent (5%), Landlord may give notice to
Tenant of Landlord's revised estimates for the year, and subsequent
payments by Tenant for the year shall be based on the revised estimate;
provided, however, that Landlord shall not give notice of a revised
estimate for any year more frequently than once a calendar quarter.
(f) Annual Adjustments. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the
close of each calendar year of the Term, commencing with calendar year
2007, or as soon after the one hundred twenty (120) day period as
practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the
adjustments to the Operating Costs for the prior calendar year. If, on the
basis of the statement, Tenant owes an amount that is less than the
estimated payments for the calendar year previously made by Tenant,
Landlord shall apply the excess to the next payment of increased Rent due.
If, on the basis of the statement, Tenant owes an amount that is more than
the estimated payments for the calendar year previously made by the Tenant,
Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after
delivery of the statement. The statements of Operating Costs shall be
presumed correct and shall be deemed final and binding upon Tenant unless
(i) Tenant in good faith objects in writing thereto within thirty (30) days
after delivery of the statement to Tenant (which writing shall state, in
reasonable detail, all of the reasons for the objection); and (ii) Tenant
pays in full, within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement to
Tenant, any amount owed by Tenant with respect to the statement which is
not in dispute. If Tenant objects to Landlord's allocation to this Property
of the cost of self-insurance or blanket insurance, such allocation shall
nonetheless be presumed correct and shall be deemed final and binding upon
Tenant unless Tenant's timely written objection includes credible evidence
that Landlord could have obtained substantially comparable insurance
coverage for this Property alone at lower cost. If Tenant objects to
Landlord's statement as set forth above, then within thirty (30) days after
such notice of objection, Tenant shall be permitted, after reasonable
notice to Landlord and during normal business hours, to cause an
independent certified public accountant ("CPA"), who shall be a member of a
nationally recognized accounting firm) designated by Tenant to inspect
Landlord's operating expense records at Landlord's offices, provided that
Tenant is not then in default under the Lease. If after such inspection,
Tenant still disputes Landlord's statement, a certification as to the
proper amount payable by Tenant shall be made, at
Tenant's expense, by an independent CPA designated by Landlord, which
certification shall be final and conclusive. However, if such inspection
reveals that Landlord overcharged Tenant for any category of expense by ten
percent (10%) or more of the total costs in such respective category of
expense, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, promptly upon demand, for
all fees, costs and expense incurred by Tenant in connection with such
inspection. Rent shall be appropriately adjusted on the basis of such
inspection or audit.
(g) Taxes on Tenant Improvements and Personal Property. Notwithstanding any
other provision hereof, Tenant shall pay the full amount of any increase in
Real Property Taxes during the Term resulting from any and all alterations
and tenant improvements of any kind whatsoever placed in, on or about the
Premises for the benefit of and at the request of, or by, Tenant. Tenant
shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed or levied against
Tenant's personal property in, on or about the Premises. When possible,
Tenant shall cause its personal property to be assessed and billed
separately from the real or personal property of Landlord.
6. PRORATION OF RENT. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of the
month, or if the end of the Term is not the last day of the month, Rent shall be
prorated on a monthly basis (based upon a thirty (30) day month) for the
fractional month during the month which this Lease commences or terminates. The
termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Landlord and
Tenant pursuant to Section 5 which are to be performed after the termination.
7. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.
(a) Tenant's Work. Except for the work to be performed by Landlord
expressly described in Subsection 7(b) below ("Landlord's Work"), Tenant
hereby accepts the Premises in their current "as-is" condition. Other than
Landlord's Work, Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any
improvements within the Premises or the Building as part of the initial
improvement of the Premises for Tenant's occupancy.
(b) Landlord's Work. Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense, perform
the work set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto. All Landlord's Work shall
be completed in compliance with applicable building codes.
8. USE OF PREMISES.
(a) Use/Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the
use set forth in the Basic Lease Information, and Tenant shall not use the
Premises for any other purpose without obtaining the prior written consent
of Landlord, which consent shall be given or withheld in the sole and
absolute discretion of Landlord without any requirement of reasonableness
in the exercise of that discretion. Subject to Landlord's reasonable
security procedures, Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per
day, seven days per week. Landlord represents that the use set forth in the
Basic Lease Information is a permitted use under applicable legal
requirements. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, comply with all
laws, rules, regulations, orders, permits, licenses and ordinances issued
by any governmental authority ("Laws") which relate to the use or occupancy
of the Premises during the term of this Lease, including, without
limitation, the Building Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit
C. Tenant acknowledges that it shall be required to comply with ADA in
completing any Tenant Improvements, and during the Term, shall bear and pay
the costs of all changes and corrective measures required by ADA (i) in and
to the Premises and (ii) provided that such changes and corrective measures
are required due to the specific use or manner of use of the Premises by
Tenant, to the Common Areas. Landlord shall undertake all changes and
corrective measures to the Common Areas otherwise required by ADA, and the
costs thereof shall constitute Operating Expenses. Tenant shall not use the
Premises in any manner that will constitute waste, nuisance, or
unreasonable annoyance (including, without limitation, use of loudspeakers
or sound or light apparatus that can be heard or seen outside the Premises)
to other tenants in the Building.
(b) Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done
in or upon the Premises or the Building or the Property, or bring in or
keep anything in the Premises or the Building which shall constitute the
release, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, transportation or
disposal of oil, hazardous chemical, substances, materials, or wastes
("Hazardous Materials") under applicable federal, state or local
environmental laws or regulations
("Environmental Laws"). The foregoing restriction shall not apply as to
ordinary office supplies in customary quantities. Tenant shall notify
Landlord of any incident which would require the filing by Tenant of a
notice under Environmental Laws. Landlord hereby represents that Landlord
has not received any written notice that the Building or the Property is in
violation of Environmental Laws, and acknowledges that Tenant shall have no
obligation to comply with Environmental Laws relating to Hazardous
Materials located in the Premises prior to the date of this Lease.
9. ALTERATIONS.
(a) Permitted Alterations. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten
(10) days' written notice of any alteration Tenant desires to make to the
Premises, which notice shall include a description and preliminary sketch
of the proposed alterations. Tenant shall not make any alteration in, the
Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord unless the
alteration does not affect the Building Structure, the exterior appearance
of the Building, the roof or the Building Systems and the cost of the
alteration is not in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00).Tenant
shall comply with all rules, laws, ordinances and requirements applicable
at the time Tenant makes any alteration and shall deliver to Landlord all
certificates of insurance from all contractors, copy of the building permit
(if required), and a complete set of "as built" plans and specifications
for each alteration. Tenant shall be solely responsible for maintenance and
repair of all alterations made by Tenant. As used in this Section, the term
"alteration" shall include any alteration, addition or improvement.
(b) Liens. If, because of any act or omission of Tenant or anyone claiming
by, through, or under Tenant, any mechanics' lien or other lien is filed
against the Premises, the Building, the Property or against other property
of Landlord (whether or not the lien is valid or enforceable), Tenant
shall, at its own expense, cause it to be discharged of record within a
reasonable time, not to exceed thirty (30) days, after the date of the
filing. In addition, Tenant shall defend and indemnify Landlord and hold it
harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, judgments, settlements,
costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, resulting from the lien.
(c) Ownership of Alterations. Any alteration made by Tenant shall
immediately become Landlord's property at the end of the Lease Term or upon
a Tenant Default. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall be
responsible for and shall remove its trade fixtures promptly upon the
termination of this Lease. Any damage resulting from such removal shall be
promptly restored by Tenant.
10. REPAIRS.
(a) Landlord Repairs. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord
shall, at all times during the Term, keep in good condition and repair the
roof, Common Areas, exterior walls (including exterior glass and mullions),
and structure of the Building (including the mechanical, electrical, and
plumbing systems servicing the Premises in common with other areas in the
Building) all insofar as they affect the Premises.
(b) Tenant Repairs. Tenant, shall at all times during the Term and at
Tenant's sole cost and expense, keep the Premises and every part thereof in
good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear, damage thereto by fire,
earthquake, acts of God or the elements excepted. Tenant hereby waives all
right to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or in lieu thereof to
vacate the Premises as may be provided in or any law, statute or ordinance
now or hereafter in effect.
11. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.
(a) Landlord's Obligation to Rebuild. If the Premises are damaged or
destroyed, Landlord shall promptly and diligently repair the Premises
unless Landlord has the option to terminate this Lease as provided herein,
and Landlord elects to terminate.
(b) Right to Terminate. Landlord and Tenant each shall have the option to
terminate this Lease if the Premises or the Building is destroyed or
damaged by fire or other casualty, regardless of whether the casualty is
insured against under this Lease, if Landlord reasonably determines that
the repair of the Premises or the Building cannot be completed within one
hundred eighty (180) days after the casualty. Landlord shall notify Tenant
of such determination within forty-five (45) days following such
destruction or damage. If a party desires to exercise the
right to terminate this Lease as a result of a casualty, the party shall
exercise the right by giving the other party written notice of its election
to terminate within thirty (30) days after the damage or destruction, in
which event this Lease shall terminate fifteen (15) days after the date of
the notice. If neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises the right to terminate
this Lease, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining
necessary permits and approvals, and shall commence repair of the Premises
or the Building as soon as practicable and thereafter prosecute the repair
diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect. If Landlord fails to complete the repair and restoration
of the Premises or the Building within 180 days after the date of such fire
or other casualty, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by providing
written notice to Landlord.
(c) Limited Obligation to Repair. Landlord's obligation, should Landlord
elect or be obligated to repair or rebuild, shall be limited to the
Building shell, the Landlord's work and any improvements within the
Premises which existed as of the date of this Lease. Tenant, at its option
and expense, shall replace or fully repair all trade fixtures, equipment
and other improvements installed by Tenant and existing at the time of the
damage or destruction.
(d) Abatement of Rent. In the event of any damage or destruction to the
Premises which does not result in termination of this Lease, the Rent shall
be temporarily abated proportionately to the degree the Premises are
untenantable as a result of the damage or destruction, commencing from the
date of the damage or destruction and continuing during the period required
by Landlord to substantially complete its repair and restoration of the
Premises; provided, however, that nothing herein shall preclude Landlord
from being entitled to collect the full amount of any rent loss insurance
proceeds. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from
Landlord for loss of the use of the Premises, damage to Tenant's personal
property or any inconvenience occasioned by any damage, repair or
restoration.
(e) Damage Near End of Term and Extensive Damage. In addition to the rights
to termination under Subsection 11(b), either Landlord or Tenant shall have
the right to cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the
occurrence of destruction or damage if the Premises or the Building is
substantially destroyed or damaged (i.e., there is damage or destruction
which Landlord reasonably determines would require more than six (6) months
to repair, which determination shall be made, and notice given to Tenant
within 30 days after the date of occurrence of destruction or damage) and
made untenantable during the last twelve (12) months of the Term. Landlord
or Tenant shall give notice of its election to terminate this Lease under
this Subsection 11(e) within thirty (30) days after Landlord determines
that the damage or destruction would require more than six (6) months to
repair. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease in accordance with this
section 11 (e), then Tenant may negate such election by exercising any
option it has to extend the Term. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to
terminate this Lease, the repair of the damage shall be governed by
Subsection 11(c).
(f) Insurance Proceeds. If this Lease is terminated, Landlord may keep all
the insurance proceeds resulting from the damage from policies maintained
by Landlord.
12. EMINENT DOMAIN. If all or any part of the Premises is taken for public or
quasi-public use by a governmental authority under the power of eminent domain
or is conveyed to a governmental authority in lieu of such taking, and if the
taking or conveyance causes the remaining part of the Premises to be
untenantable and inadequate for use by Tenant for the purpose for which they
were leased, then Tenant, at its option and by giving notice within fifteen (15)
days after the taking, may terminate this Lease as of the date Tenant is
required to surrender possession of the Premises. If a part of the Premises is
taken or conveyed but the remaining part is tenantable and adequate for Tenant's
use, then this Lease shall be terminated as to the part taken or conveyed as of
the date Tenant surrenders possession; Landlord shall make such repairs,
alterations and improvements as may be necessary to render the part not taken or
conveyed tenantable; and the Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the part of
the Premises taken or conveyed. All compensation awarded for the taking or
conveyance shall be the property of Landlord without any deduction therefrom for
any estate of Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all its right, title
and interest in and to the award. Tenant shall have the right, however, to
recover from the governmental authority, but not from Landlord, such
compensation as may be awarded to Tenant on account of the interruption of
Tenant's business, moving and relocation expenses and removal of Tenant's trade
fixtures and personal property.
13. INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE.
(a) Indemnity. Tenant shall be responsible for, shall insure against, and
shall indemnify Landlord and Landlord's agents, employees and contractors
and hold them harmless from, any and all liability for any loss, damage or
injury to person or property occurring in, on or about the Premises, except
to the extent that such liability is the result of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors and
Tenant hereby releases Landlord and Landlord's agents, employees and
contractors from any and all liability for the same. Tenant's obligation to
indemnify Landlord and Landlord's agents, employees and contractors
hereunder shall include the duty to defend against any claims asserted by
reason of any loss, damage or injury, and to pay any judgments,
settlements, costs, fees and expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred
in connection therewith.
(b) Insurance. At all times during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall
carry, at its own expense, for the protection of Tenant, Landlord and
Landlord's agents, employees and contractors, as their interests may
appear, one or more policies of comprehensive general public liability and
property damage insurance, issued by one or more insurance companies
acceptable to Landlord, with minimum coverage of One Million Dollars
($1,000,000) for injury to one person in any one accident, Three Million
Dollars ($3,000,000) for injuries to more than one person in any one
accident and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in property damage per
accident and insuring against any and all liability for which Tenant is
responsible under this Lease. The insurance policy or policies shall name
Landlord and Landlord's agents, employees and contractors as additional
insureds, and shall provide that the policy or policies may not be canceled
on less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant
shall furnish Landlord with certificates evidencing the insurance. If
Tenant fails to carry the insurance and furnish Landlord with copies of all
the policies after a request to do so, Landlord shall have the right to
obtain the insurance and collect the cost thereof from Tenant as additional
Rent. Landlord shall obtain and throughout the Term shall maintain, with
companies qualified to do business in Connecticut, and adjusting insurance
coverages to reflect current values from time to time: fire, extended
coverage and so-called "all-risk" insurance, with coverage against
vandalism and malicious conduct, covering the Building and all improvements
made thereto, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full
replacement cost thereof above foundation walls.
14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
(a) Landlord's Consent. Subject to Landlord's rights set forth in
Subsection (b) below, Tenant shall not assign, sublet or otherwise transfer
all or any portion of Tenant's interest in this Lease (collectively,
"sublet") without Landlord's prior written consent which consent Landlord
shall not unreasonably withhold. Any request made by Tenant for Landlord's
consent to a proposed sublet shall be made in writing and sent to Landlord
in accordance with the notice requirements of Section 35 of this Lease.
Landlord's consent shall not be deemed granted unless Landlord, within 15
days of the date any such notice is deemed received by Landlord, shall
advise Tenant in writing that Landlord's consent is granted. Consent by
Landlord to one sublet shall not be deemed to be a consent to any
subsequent sublet. The foregoing notwithstanding, no consent of Landlord
shall be required in the case of a sublet to wholly owned affiliates or
subsidiaries of Tenant or in connection with any merger, consolidation or
sale of substantially all of the assets of Tenant. Subject to Landlord's
rights set forth in Subsection (b) below, Tenant may assign, sublet or
otherwise transfer all or any portion of Tenant's interest in this Lease
(collectively, "sublet") to its said affiliate or subsidiary without
Landlord's prior written consent, provided, however, that no such
assignment or sublease shall relieve Tenant of its obligations under this
Lease. For purposes of this Subsection 14(a), the term "affiliate" means a
person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with
the Tenant.
(b) Effect of Sublet. Each sublet to which Landlords consent is required
per Subsection 14(a) above shall be by an instrument in writing, in a form
satisfactory to Landlord as evidenced by Landlord's written approval. Each
sublessee shall agree in writing, for the benefit of Landlord, to assume
(with respect to an assignment), to be bound by and to perform the terms,
conditions and covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. Tenant
shall not be released from personal liability for the performance of each
term, condition and covenant of this Lease, and Landlord shall have the
right to proceed against Tenant without proceeding against the subtenant.
(c) Executed Counterparts. No sublet shall be valid nor shall any subtenant
take possession of the Premises until an executed counterpart of the
sublease has been delivered to Landlord and approved in writing.
15. DEFAULT.
(a) Tenant's Default. At the option of Landlord, a material breach of this
Lease by Tenant shall exist if any of the following events (severally,
"Event of Default"; collectively, "Events of Default") shall occur: (i) if
Tenant shall have failed to pay Rent, including Tenant's Percentage Share
of increased Operating Costs, or any other sum required to be paid
hereunder when due, together with interest at the Interest Rate, from the
date the amount became due through the date of payment, inclusive, where
such failure to pay continues for ten (10) days after written notice to
Tenant of such default, provided that Landlord shall not be required to
provide such notice and right to cure more than once in any twelve-month
period during the Term; (ii) if Tenant shall have failed to perform any
term, covenant or condition of this Lease except those requiring the
payment of money, and Tenant shall have failed to cure the breach within
thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord if the breach could
reasonably be cured within the thirty (30) day period; provided, however,
if the failure could not reasonably be cured within the thirty (30) day
period, then Tenant shall not be in default unless it has failed to
promptly commence and thereafter continue to make diligent and reasonable
efforts to cure the failure as soon as practicable as reasonably determined
by Landlord; (iii) if Tenant shall have assigned its assets for the benefit
of its creditors; (iv) if the sequestration of, attachment of, or execution
on, any material part of the property of Tenant or on any property
essential to the conduct of Tenant's business shall have occurred, and
Tenant shall have failed to obtain a return or release of the property
within thirty (30) days thereafter, or prior to sale pursuant to any
sequestration, attachment or levy, whichever is earlier; (v) if Tenant
shall have abandoned the Premises; (vi) if a court shall have made or
entered any decree or order adjudging Tenant to be insolvent, or approving
as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization of Tenant, or directing
the winding up or liquidation of Tenant, and the decree or order shall have
continued for a period of thirty (30) days; (vii) if Tenant shall make or
suffer any transfer which constitutes a fraudulent or otherwise avoidable
transfer under any provision of the federal Bankruptcy Laws or any
applicable state law; or (viii) if Tenant shall have failed to comply with
the provisions of Section 23 or 25. For all purposes under this Lease,
Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default unless and until an Event of
Default occurs.
(b) Remedies Upon Tenant's Default. Upon and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition
to all other rights and remedies provided by law, equity, statute or
otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively
or in the alternative:
(i) Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord
does not terminate Tenant's right to possession, and Landlord shall
have the right to collect Rent when due. During the period Tenant is
in default, Landlord may, if it so elects in its sole discretion (but
shall have no obligation to) enter the Premises pursuant to summary
process laws and relet it, or any part of it, to third parties for
Tenant's account, provided that any rent received which is in excess
of the Rent due hereunder shall be payable to Landlord. Tenant shall
be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in
reletting the Premises, including, without limitation, brokers'
commissions, expenses of cleaning and redecorating the Premises
required by the reletting and like costs. Reletting may be for a
period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease. Tenant
shall pay to Landlord the Rent and other sums due under this Lease on
the dates the Rent is due, less the Rent and other sums Landlord
receives from any reletting. No act by Landlord allowed by this
Subsection 15(b)(i) shall terminate this Lease unless Landlord
notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord elects to terminate this
Lease. Under all circumstances, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts
to mitigate damages resulting from any default by Tenant.
(ii) Landlord may terminate Tenant's right to possession of the
Premises at any time by giving written notice to that effect. No act
by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate
this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the
appointment of a receiver on Landlord's initiative to protect
Landlord's interest under this Lease shall not constitute a
termination of Tenant's right to
possession. On termination and repossession of the Premises pursuant
to summary process laws Landlord shall have the right to remove all
personal property of Tenant and store it at Tenant's cost and to
recover from Tenant as damages: (1) the worth at the time of award of
unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at
the time of termination; plus (2) the worth at the time of award of
the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable
which would have been payable after termination until the time of
award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss that Tenant proves could
have been reasonably avoided; plus (3) the worth at the time of award
of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable
for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount
of the Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus
(4) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for any costs or
expenses incurred by Landlord: (a) in retaking possession of the
Premises, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs therefor; (b)
maintaining or preserving the Premises for reletting to a new tenant,
including repairs or alterations to the Premises for the reletting;
(c) leasing commissions; (d) any other costs necessary or appropriate
to relet the Premises; and (e) at Landlord's election, such other
amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted
from time to time by the laws of the State of Connecticut.
The "worth at the time of award" of the amounts referred to in Subsections
15(b)(ii)(1) and 15(b)(ii)(2) is computed by allowing interest at the
lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by
law, on the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable from the termination
date through the date of award. The "worth at the time of award" of the
amount referred to in Subsection 15(b)(ii)(3) is computed by discounting
the amount at the prime rate plus one percent (1%).
(c) Landlord's Default. Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in
the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord
hereunder unless and until Landlord has failed to perform the obligation
within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice by Tenant to
Landlord specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform the obligation;
provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that
more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord
shall not be deemed to be in default if Landlord shall commence the
performance within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter shall
diligently prosecute the same to completion.
16. LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT'S COVENANTS. If Tenant shall at any time
fail to make any payment or perform any other act on its part to be made or
performed under this Lease and such failure continues beyond all applicable
notice, grace and cure periods, then Landlord may, but shall not be obligated
to, make the payment or perform any other act to the extent Landlord may deem
desirable and, in connection therewith, pay reasonable expenses and employ
counsel at reasonable rates. Any payment or performance by Landlord shall not
waive or release Tenant from any obligations of Tenant under this Lease. All
reasonable sums so paid by Landlord, and all penalties, interest and costs in
connection therewith, shall be due and payable by Tenant within ten (10) days
after receipt of Landlord's invoice requesting payment, together with interest
thereon at the Interest Rate, from that date to the date of payment thereof by
Tenant to Landlord, plus collection costs and attorneys' fees. Landlord shall
have the same rights and remedies for the nonpayment thereof as in the case of
default in the payment of Rent.
17. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant has deposited with Landlord the Security Deposit,
in the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information, as security for the full
and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by
Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord
may use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment
of any Rent or other sum in default, for the payment of any amount which
Landlord may expend or become obligated to expend by reason of Tenant's default,
or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by
reason of Tenant's default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is used or
applied, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, within ten (10) days after written
demand therefor, cash in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to
its original amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit
separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on
the Security Deposit. The balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to
Tenant within 30 days after the termination of this Lease and vacation of the
Premises by Tenant.
18. SURRENDER OF PREMISES. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be
deemed to have accepted the Premises and the Property in good, clean and
completed condition and repair, subject to all
applicable laws, codes and ordinances, except as may otherwise be provided in
the Lease. On the expiration or early termination of this Lease, Tenant shall
surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition required pursuant to Section
9(c) and 10(b). Tenant shall remove from the Premises all of Tenant's personal
property and any trade fixtures that Tenant removes pursuant to Section
9(c).Tenant shall repair damage or perform any restoration work required by the
removal. If Tenant fails to remove any such personal property or trade fixtures
after the end of the Term, Landlord may remove the property and store it at
Tenant's expense, including interest at the Interest Rate. If said property has
been stored for a period in excess of ninety (90) days, Landlord shall be free
to dispose of same in any way it deems practicable. If disposed of by sale,
Landlord shall be entitled to all proceeds.
19. HOLDING OVER. If Tenant remains in possession of all or any part of the
Premises after the expiration of the Term or the termination of this Lease, the
tenancy shall be month-to-month only and shall not constitute a renewal or
extension for any further term. In such event, Base Rent shall be increased in
an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent during the
last month of the Term (including any extensions), and any other sums due under
this Lease shall be payable in the amount, and at the times, specified in this
Lease. The month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term,
condition, covenant and agreement contained in this Lease and Tenant shall
vacate the Premises immediately upon Landlord's request.
20. ACCESS TO PREMISES. Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents to enter the
Premises at all times upon reasonable notice, except in the case of an emergency
(in which event no notice shall be necessary), to inspect the Premises; to show
the Premises to interested parties such as prospective mortgagors, purchasers
and tenants; to make necessary alterations, additions, improvements or repairs
either to the Premises, the Building, or other premises within the Building; and
to discharge Tenant's obligations hereunder when Tenant has failed to do so
within a reasonable time after written notice from Landlord. The above rights
are subject to reasonable security regulations of Tenant, and to the requirement
that Landlord shall at all times act in a manner to cause the least possible
interference with Tenant's operations.
21. SIGNS. Landlord shall include Tenant's name on the building directory at
Landlord's expense on a one-time basis. Any changes shall be at Tenant's
expense. The size, design, color, location and other physical aspects of any
sign in the Building shall be subject to the Rules and Landlord's approval prior
to installation, and to any appropriate municipal or other governmental
approvals. The costs of any other permitted sign, and the costs of its
installation, maintenance and removal, shall be at Tenant's sole expense, except
that the suite identification sign adjacent to the door shall be installed at
Landlord's expense as a part of the Tenant Allowance.
22. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Anything in this Lease to the contrary
notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives and releases the other
of and from any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or cause of action
against the other, its subsidiaries, directors, agents, officers and employees,
for any loss or damage that may occur in the Premises, the Building or the
Property; to improvements to the Building or personal property (building
contents) within the Building; or to any furniture, equipment, machinery, goods
and supplies not covered by this Lease which Tenant may bring or obtain upon the
Premises or any additional improvements which Tenant may construct on the
Premises by reason of fire, the elements or any other cause which is required to
be insured against under this Lease, regardless of cause or origin, including
negligence of Landlord or Tenant and their agents, subsidiaries, directors,
officers and employees, to the extent insured against under the terms of any
insurance policies carried by Landlord or Tenant and in force at the time of any
such damage, but only if the insurance in question permits such a partial
release in connection with obtaining a waiver of subrogation from the insurer.
Because this Section will preclude the assignment of any claim mentioned in it
by way of subrogation or otherwise to an insurance company or any other person,
each party to this Lease agrees immediately to give to each insurance company
written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this Section and
to have the insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the
invalidation of the insurance coverages by reason of the mutual waivers
contained in this Section.
23. SUBORDINATION.
(a) Subordinate Nature. Except as provided in Subsection 23(b), this Lease
is subject and subordinate to all ground and underlying leases, mortgages
and deeds of trust which now affect the Property, the Building or the
Premises, to the Declaration, and to all renewals, modifications,
consolidations, and extensions thereof, but only if the Holder or Lessor
(as those terms are defined below) enters into a recordable agreement with
Tenant, in form and substance
reasonably acceptable to Tenant, providing that such Holder or Lessor will,
in foreclosing against (or accepting a deed in lieu of foreclosure) or in
taking possession of the Property, the Building or any portion thereof, or
in otherwise exercising any of its rights under the lease, mortgage or deed
of trust, be bound as landlord by, and will not disturb Tenant's possession
of the Premises or any of Tenant's rights under, this Lease, so long as
there shall not exist any default by Tenant beyond all applicable notice,
grace and cure periods. Within ten (10) business days after Landlord's
written request therefor, Tenant shall execute any and all documents in
form reasonably required by Landlord, the lessor under any future ground or
underlying lease ("Lessor"), or the holder or holders of any future
mortgage or deed of trust ("Holder") to make this Lease subordinate to the
lien of any lease, mortgage or deed of trust, as the case may be, but only
if Tenant receives such recognition and non-disturbance agreement.
(b) Possible Priority of Lease. If a Lessor or a Holder advises Landlord
that it desires or requires this Lease to be prior and superior to a lease,
mortgage or deed of trust, Landlord may notify Tenant. Within ten (10) days
of Landlord's notice, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver
to Landlord any and all documents or instruments, in the form presented to
Tenant, which Landlord, Lessor or Holder deems reasonably necessary or
desirable to make this Lease prior and superior to the lease, mortgage or
deed of trust.
24. TRANSFER OF THE PROPERTY. Upon transfer of the Property and assignment of
this Lease, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved of all liability under
any and all of its covenants and obligations contained in or derived from this
Lease occurring after the consummation of the transfer and assignment, and from
all liability for the Security Deposit. Tenant shall attorn to any entity
purchasing or otherwise acquiring the Premises at any sale or other proceeding,
provided such entity shall assume the obligations of Landlord hereunder from and
after any such acquisition.
25. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Within ten business (10) days following written
request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel
certificate, in the form prepared by Landlord. The certificate shall: (a)
certify that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if
modified, state the nature of the modification and certify that this Lease, as
so modified, is in full force and effect, and the date to which the Rent and
other charges are paid in advance, if any; (b) acknowledge that there are not,
to Tenant's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder,
or if there are uncured defaults on the part of the Landlord, state the nature
of the uncured defaults; and (c) evidence the status of the Lease as may be
required either by a lender making a loan to Landlord to be secured by deed of
trust or mortgage covering the Premises or a purchaser of the Property from
Landlord.
26. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION. In the event of any default on the part of Landlord,
Tenant will give notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a
deed of trust or mortgagee of a mortgage covering the Property who has entered
into a nondisturbance and attornment agreement with Tenant or who has notified
Tenant of the identity and address of the person to whom such notice should be
sent and shall offer the beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to
cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Property or the
Premises by power of sale or a judicial foreclosure, if such should prove
necessary to effect a cure.
27. ATTORNEYS' FEES. If either party shall bring any action or legal proceeding
for damages for an alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to recover
rent or other sums due, to terminate the tenancy of the Premises or to enforce,
protect or establish any term, condition or covenant of this Lease or right of
either party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, as a part of
the action or proceedings, or in a separate action brought for that purpose,
such reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs as may be fixed by the court or
jury.
28. BROKERS. Landlord and Tenant each warrant and represent to each other that
it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with
the negotiation of this Lease, except for the brokers(s) specified in the Basic
Lease Information, whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to
separate agreements, and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent
who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease.
Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from and
against any and all liabilities or expenses arising out of claims made by any
other broker or individual for commissions or fees resulting from this Lease.
29. PARKING. Tenant shall have the right, without additional charge during the
initial Term of this Lease, to park forty-four (44) cars in the Building's
parking garage and/or surface parking, exclusive of reserved parking areas, in
common with other tenants of the Building upon terms and conditions as may
from time to time be established by Landlord. All such spaces shall be
unreserved. Tenant agrees not to use in excess of its proportionate share of
parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in
the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right, in its absolute
discretion, to determine whether the parking facilities are becoming crowded and
to allocate and assign parking spaces among Tenant and the other tenants,
provided that at all times Tenant shall have use of a minimum of 44 parking
spaces in the Building's garage and/or surface parking areas. Landlord shall not
be liable to Tenant, nor shall this Lease be affected, if any parking is
impaired by moratorium, initiative, referendum, law, ordinance, regulation or
order passed, issued or made by any governmental or quasi-governmental body.
30. UTILITIES AND SERVICES. Landlord agrees to furnish, or cause to be
furnished, to the Premises the utilities and services described in the standards
for Utilities and Services, set forth in Exhibit D subject to the conditions and
in accordance with the standards set forth therein. Landlord shall not be liable
for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by
reason of, no eviction of Tenant shall result from and, further, Tenant shall
not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease
because of, Landlord's failure to furnish any of the foregoing when the failure
is not caused by Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct, but rather
is caused by accident, breakage, or repairs, strikes, lockouts or other labor
disturbance or labor dispute of any character, governmental regulation,
moratorium or other governmental action, inability despite the exercise of
reasonable diligence to obtain electricity, water or fuel, or by any other cause
beyond Landlord's reasonable control. In the event of any failure, stoppage or
interruption thereof, Landlord shall diligently attempt to resume service. If
such interruption of service (other than that caused by casualty or
condemnation) shall continue for more than ten (10) consecutive days, the Rent
payable by Tenant hereunder shall abate, based upon the portion or portions of
the Premises affected by such interruption of service and the degree of adverse
effect of the interruption upon the normal conduct of Tenant's business at the
Premises, until such interruption is remedied.
31. ACCEPTANCE. Delivery of this Lease, duly executed by Tenant, constitutes an
offer to lease the Premises as set forth herein, and under no circumstances
shall such delivery be deemed to create an option or reservation to lease the
Premises for the benefit of Tenant. This Lease shall become effective and
binding only upon execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to
Tenant. Upon acceptance of Tenant's offer to lease under the terms hereof and
receipt by Landlord of the Rent for the first month of the Term in connection
with Tenant's submission of the offer, Landlord shall be entitled to retain the
sums and apply them to damages, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord if
Tenant fails to occupy the Premises. If Landlord rejects the offer, the sums
shall be returned to Tenant.
32. USE OF BUILDING NAME. Tenant shall not employ the name of the Building nor
the name of the business in which the Building is located in the name or title
of its business or occupation without Landlord's prior written consent, which
consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. Landlord reserves the
right to change the name of the Building without Tenant's consent and without
any liability to Landlord.
33. RECORDING. Neither the Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a
notice of this Lease without the prior written consent of the other. However,
this subsection will not preclude Tenant from disclosing this Lease if required
pursuant to SEC regulations.
34. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
35. NOTICES. Any notice or demand required or desired to be given under this
Lease shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery, electronic
facsimile or the United States mail. Notices which are sent by electronic
facsimile shall be deemed to have been given upon receipt. Notices which are
mailed shall be deemed to have been given when seventy-two (72) hours have
elapsed after the notice was deposited in the United States mail, registered or
certified, the postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be served. As of the
date of execution of this Lease, the addresses of Landlord and Tenant are as
specified in the Basic Lease Information. Either party may change its address by
giving notice of the change in accordance with this Section.
36. LANDLORD'S EXCULPATION. In the event of default, breach or violation by
Landlord (which term includes Landlord's partners, co-venturers and co-tenants,
and officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of Landlord and
Landlord's members, managers, partners, co-venturers and co-tenants) of any of
Landlord's obligations under this Lease, Landlord's liability to Tenant shall be
limited to its ownership interest in the Building and Property or the proceeds
of a public sale of the ownership interest
pursuant to the foreclosure of a judgment against Landlord. Landlord shall not
be personally liable, or liable in any event, for any deficiency beyond its
ownership interest in the Building and Property.
37. ADDITIONAL STRUCTURES. Any diminution or interference with light, air or
view by any structure which may be erected on land adjacent to the Building
shall in no way alter this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.
38. GENERAL.
(a) Captions. The captions and headings used in this Lease are for the
purpose of convenience only and shall not be construed to limit or extend
the meaning of any part of this Lease.
(b) Time. Time is of the essence for the performance of each term,
condition and covenant of this Lease.
(c) Severability. If any provision of this Lease is held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability
shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be
construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not
been contained herein.
(d) Choice of Law; Construction. This Lease shall be construed and enforced
in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut. The language in
all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole
according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either
Landlord or Tenant.
(e) Gender; Singular, Plural. When the context of this Lease requires, the
neuter gender includes the masculine, the feminine, a partnership or
corporation or joint venture, and the singular includes the plural.
(f) Binding Effect. The covenants and agreements contained in this Lease
shall be binding on the parties hereto and on their respective successors
and assigns (to the extent this Lease is assignable).
(g) Waiver. The waiver of Landlord of any breach of any term, condition or
covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the provision
or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or
covenant of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by
Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach at the
time of acceptance of the payment. No covenant, term or condition of this
Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless the
waiver is in writing signed by the party to whom performance is owed.
(h) Entire Agreement. This Lease is the entire agreement between the
parties, and there are no agreements or representations between the parties
except as expressed herein. Except as otherwise provided herein, no
subsequent change or addition to this Lease shall be binding unless in
writing and signed by the parties hereto.
(i) Waiver of Jury. To the extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant
each hereby waives any right it may have to a jury trial in the event of
litigation between Tenant and Landlord pertaining to this Lease.
(j) Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all counterparts shall constitute one (1)
instrument.
(k) Exhibits. The Basic Lease Information, the executed Workletter, and all
exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made an
integral part hereof.
39. OPTIONS TO EXTEND TERM.
(a) Option Period. So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease,
either at the time of exercise or at the time the extended term commences,
Tenant will have two (2) options to extend the initial ten (10) year term
of this Lease each for an additional period of five (5) years (each an
"Option Period") on the same terms, covenants, and conditions of this
Lease, except that the monthly Base Rent during each such Option Period
will be determined at a mutually acceptable rate as negotiated between the
Tenant and the Landlord. Tenant will exercise its option by giving Landlord
written notice ("Option Notice") at least one hundred eighty (180) days but
not more than three hundred sixty-five (365) days prior to the expiration
of the initial term of this Lease, or any then applicable Option Period;
provided, however that Tenant may elect to exercise both of its options to
extend the Term simultaneously, in which case Tenant shall not make such
election prior to the date that is 365 days prior to the expiration of the
initial term of this lease. If Tenant elects to exercise both options to
extend the Term simultaneously, then the Base Rent shall be adjusted at the
commencement of the Option Period and again in year six (6) of the Option
Period.
(b) Option Period Monthly Rent. The monthly rent for each such option
period will be determined as follows::
(i) Landlord and Tenant will have fifteen (15) business days after
Landlord receives the Option Notice within which to agree on the
then-fair market rental value of the Premises as defined in Subsection
(b)(iii) below; provided, however, that the Base Rent for the Option
Period shall be equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the then-fair
market rental value (except that if prior to the commencement of the
Option Period Tenant has sublet its interest in all or any portion of
the Premises, other than a sublet pursuant to Subsection 14(a) that
does not require Landlord's consent to a subsidiary or successor by
merger of Tenant, the Base Rent for the Option Period shall be equal
to one hundred (100%) percent of the then-fair market value). If they
agree on the Base Rent for the Option Period within fifteen (15)
business days, they will amend this Lease by stating the new Base
Rental for the Option Period.
(ii) If they are unable to agree on the Base Rent for the Option
Period within fifteen (15) business days, then, Base Rent for the
Option Period will be 95% of the then-fair market rental value of the
Premises as determined in accordance with Subsection b(iv) below.
(iii) The "then-fair market rental value of the Premises" means what a
Landlord under no compulsion to lease the Premises and a Tenant under
no compulsion to lease the Premises would determine as Base Rent for
such option period, as of the commencement of that option period,
taking into consideration the uses permitted under this Lease, the
quality, size, design, and location of the Premises, and the rent for
comparable buildings located in the vicinity of Hamden, Connecticut.
(iv) Within seven business (7) days after the expiration of the
fifteen (15) business day period set forth in paragraph b (ii),
Landlord and Tenant will each appoint a real estate appraiser with at
least five (5) years' full-time commercial appraisal experience in the
area in which the Premises are located to appraise the then-fair
market rental value of the Premises. If either Landlord or Tenant does
not appoint an appraiser within ten (10) business days after the other
has given notice of the name of its appraiser, the single appraiser
appointed will be the sole appraiser and will set the then-fair market
rental value of the Premises. If two appraisers are appointed pursuant
to this paragraph, they will meet promptly and attempt to set the
then-fair market rental value of the Premises. If they are unable to
agree within thirty (30) days after the second appraiser has been
appointed, they will attempt to elect a third appraiser meeting the
qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) business days
after the last day the two appraisers are given to set the then fair
market rental value of the premises. If they are unable to agree on
the third appraiser, either Landlord or Tenant, by giving ten (10)
business days' prior notice to the other, can apply to American
Arbitration Association for the selection of a third appraiser who
meets the qualifications stated in this paragraph. Landlord and Tenant
will bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of appointing the third appraiser
and of paying the third appraiser's fee. The third appraiser, however
selected, must be a person who has not previously acted in any
capacity for either Landlord or Tenant.
Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third appraiser, a majority
of the appraisers will set the then-fair market rental value of the Premises. If
a majority of the appraisers are unable to set the then-fair market rental value
of the Premises within thirty (30) days after selection of the third appraiser,
the three appraisals will be averaged and the average will be the then-fair
market rental value of the Premises.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease effective as of
the date first above written.
"LANDLORD"
2319 HAMDEN CENTER I, L.L.C.,
a Connecticut limited liability company
By Hamden Center Investors, Inc.,
its Manager
By /s/ Richard L. Tolentino
-------------------------------------
Its Designated Agent
"TENANT"
TransAct Technologies Incorporated
By /s/ Steven A. DeMartino
-------------------------------------
Its Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and
Secretary
EXHIBIT A
PREMISES
Suite 3-B, approximately 11,075 rentable square feet, on the third floor of
the building known as One Hamden Center, 2319 Whitney Avenue, Hamden CT 06518
EXHIBIT A-1
PROPERTY LEGAL DESCRIPTION
EXHIBIT B
LANDLORD'S WORK
Subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Workletter attached hereto
and made a part hereof as EXHIBIT B-1, Landlord will cause the work described on
EXHIBIT B-2 attached hereto and made a part hereof to be performed.
EXHIBIT B-1
Workletter
[REPLACE WITH NEW WORKLETTER AS DRAFTED BY TENANT]
EXHIBIT B-2
1. Demolition of all existing improvements as required
2. Ceiling grid and tiles;
3. lighting;
4. walls, wall coverings & painting;
5. doors, millwork, kitchen cabinets & shelving;
6. door hardware;
7. window blinds;
8. floor coverings; and,
9. plumbing for sinks
EXHIBIT C
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed
or displayed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building without
the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to
remove, at Tenant's expense and without notice, any sign installed or
displayed in violation of this rule. All approved signs or lettering on
doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the
expense of Tenant by a person chosen by Landlord.
2. The directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display
of the name and location of tenants, and Landlord reserves the right to
exclude any other names therefrom. Tenant shall pay Landlord's standard
charge for any changes to Tenant's initial listing (which initial listing
shall be completed at Landlord's expense) which may be requested by Tenant.
3. Except as consented to in writing by Landlord or in accordance with
Building standard improvements, no draperies, curtains, blinds, shades,
screens or other devices shall be hung at or used in connection with any
window or exterior door or doors of the Premises. No awning shall be
permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything
against or near glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear
unsightly from outside the Premises.
4. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, lobbies, passages, exits,
entrances, elevators or stairways of the Building. Subject to the
provisions of Lease Paragraph 9a, Tenant and no employee or invitee of
Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building or make any roof or terrace
penetrations without Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant shall not
allow anything to be placed on the outside terraces or balconies without
the prior written consent of Landlord.
5. All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building shall be provided
exclusively through Landlord, and, except with the written consent of
Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall
be employed by Tenant or permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of
cleaning. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or
indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord
shall not in any way be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property
on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to any Tenant's
property by the janitor or any other employee or person.
6. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant may install, at Tenant's expense, a card
key entry system at the Premises, provided that Tenant shall provide
Landlord with the appropriate card to allow access in the in accordance
with the terms of the Lease, and shall deliver to Landlord, upon the
termination of its tenancy, the card keys, and all equipment and other
information necessary to operate all locks for doors in the Premises.
7. If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, burglar alarm or similar
services, it shall first obtain, and comply with, Landlord's instructions
for their installation.
8. The elevators shall be available for use by all tenants in the Building,
subject to reasonable scheduling as Landlord in its discretion shall deem
appropriate. No equipment, materials, furniture, packages, supplies,
merchandise or other property will be received in the Building or carried
in the elevators except between the hours, in the manner and in the
elevators as may be designated by Landlord.
9. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds
the maximum load per square foot which the floor was designed to carry and
which is allowed by law. Tenant's business machines and mechanical
equipment which cause noise or vibration which may be transmitted to the
structure of the Building or to any space therein, and which is
objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building, shall be
placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, on vibration
eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.
10. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any toxic or hazardous
materials or any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or
material other than those limited quantities necessary for the operation or
maintenance of office equipment. Tenant shall not use or permit to
be used in the Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance, or permit or
allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or
objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of
noise, odors or vibrations. No animal, except seeing eye dogs when in the
company of their masters, may be brought into or kept in the Building.
11. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than
that supplied by Landlord, unless Tenant receives the prior written consent
of Landlord.
12. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective
operation of the Building's heating and air-conditioning and to comply with
any governmental energy-saving rules, laws or regulations of which Tenant
has actual notice. Tenant shall refrain from attempting to adjust controls
other than room thermostats installed for Tenant's use. Tenant shall keep
corridor doors and sliding glass doors closed, and shall close window
coverings at the end of each business day.
13. Landlord reserves the right, exercisable without notice and without
liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.
14. Landlord reserves the right to exclude any person from the Building between
the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. the following day, or any other hours
as may be established from time to time by Landlord, and on Saturdays,
Sundays and legal holidays, unless that person is known to the person or
employee in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly
identified. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it
requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of those
persons. Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error in
admitting or excluding any person from the Building. Landlord reserves the
right to prevent access to the Building by closing the doors or by other
appropriate action in case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or
other commotion.
15. Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises, shut off all water
faucets or other water apparatus and turn off all lights and other
equipment which is not required to be continuously run. Tenant shall be
responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or
occupants of the Building or Landlord for noncompliance with this Rule.
16. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall
not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were
constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be
placed therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting
from any violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose
employees or invitees, shall have caused it.
17. Subject to the provisions of Lease Paragraph 9a, Tenant shall not install
any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or
exterior walls of the Building without Landlord's prior written consent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall
not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in
the Building or elsewhere.
18. Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for wires in the partitions, woodwork or
plaster of the Premises. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the
floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant
shall repair, or be responsible for the cost of repair of any damage
resulting from noncompliance with this Rule.
19. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending
machine without the prior written consent of Landlord.
20. Canvassing, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written
material and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall
cooperate to prevent these activities.
21. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any
person who, in Landlord's judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence
of liquor or drugs, or who is in violation of any of the Rules and
Regulations of the Building.
-5-
22. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. Tenant
shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be
disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage
disposal within the Building. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made
in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord.
23. Use by Tenant of Underwriters' Laboratory approved equipment for brewing
coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages and microwaving food shall
be permitted, provided that the equipment and use is in accordance with all
applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules
and regulations.
24. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with or in
promoting or advertising the business of Tenant, except as Tenant's
address, without the written consent of Landlord.
25. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation
procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental
agency. Tenant shall be responsible for any increased insurance premiums
attributable to Tenant's use of the Premises, Building or Property.
26. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from
theft and robbery, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and
other means of entry to the Premises closed.
27. Tenant shall not use the Premises, or suffer or permit anything to be done
on, in or about the Premises, which may result in an increase to Landlord
in the cost of insurance maintained by Landlord on the Building and Common
Areas.
28. Tenant's requests for assistance will be attended to only upon appropriate
application to the office of the Building by an authorized individual.
Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of
their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and
no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any
office without specific instructions from Landlord.
29. Tenant shall not park its vehicles in any parking areas designated by
Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Building or other reserved
parking spaces. Tenant shall not leave vehicles in the Building parking
areas overnight, nor park any vehicles in the Building parking areas other
than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or non-motor driven bicycles or
four-wheeled trucks. Tenant, its agents, employees and invitees shall not
park any one (1) vehicle in more than one (1) parking space.
30. The scheduling and manner of all Tenant move-ins and move-outs shall be
subject to the discretion and approval of Landlord, and move-ins and
move-outs shall take place only after 6:00 p.m. on weekdays, on weekends,
or at other times as Landlord may designate. Landlord shall have the right
to approve or disapprove the movers or moving company employed by Tenant,
and Tenant shall cause the movers to use only the entry doors and elevators
designated by Landlord. If Tenant's movers damage the elevator or any other
part of the Property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount required to
repair the damage.
31. Smoking is not permitted within the Premises or other portions of the
Building, except in such building location(s), if any, which Landlord may
at its sole discretion from time to time maintain for the convenience of
all tenants.
32. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the
benefit of Tenant or any other tenant (provided any such waiver in favor of
any other tenant shall be deemed a waiver in favor of Tenant) but no waiver
by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of the Rules and Regulations in
favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing
the Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the
Building.
33. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed
to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants,
agreements and conditions of any lease of premises in the Building.
-6-
34. Landlord reserves the right to make other reasonable Rules and Regulations
as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and
security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation
of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all Rules and Regulations
hereinabove stated and any additional rules and regulations which are
adopted.
35. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing
rules by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and
guests.
-7-
EXHIBIT D
UTILITIES AND SERVICES
The standards set forth below for Utilities and Services are in effect.
Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications and
additions hereto, which do not materially affect Tenant's rights. Landlord shall
give notice to Tenant, in accordance with provisions of this Lease, of material
modification and additions.
1. PROVISION BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall:
(a) ELEVATOR. Provide unattended automatic elevator facilities Monday
through Friday, except holidays, from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., and Saturday
from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. ("Building Standard Hours") and have at least
one elevator available at all other times.
(b) VENTILATION.
(i) Ventilate the Premises and furnish air-conditioning or heating
during Building Standard Hours (and at other times for the additional
charges described in Paragraph 2 to the extent required for the comfortable
occupancy of the Premises) subject to governmental regulation and the
provisions of subparagraph (ii) below. The air-conditioning system achieves
maximum cooling when the window coverings and sliding glass doors are
closed. Landlord shall not be responsible for room temperatures if Tenant
does not keep all sliding glass doors in the Premises closed whenever the
system is in operation. Tenant shall cooperate to the best of its ability
at all times with Landlord and shall abide by all reasonable regulations
and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning
and protection of the air-conditioning system. Tenant shall not connect any
apparatus, device, conduit or pipe to the Building's chilled and hot water
air-conditioning supply lines. Tenant and Tenant's servants, employees,
agents, visitors, licensees or contractors shall not enter at any time the
mechanical installations or facilities of the Building, or adjust, tamper
with, touch or otherwise in any manner affect the installations or
facilities. If any installation of partitions, equipment or fixtures by
Tenant necessitates the re-balancing of the climate control equipment in
the Premises, the re-balancing shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant's
expense.
(c) ELECTRICITY. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2, furnish to the
Premises electric current as required by the Building standard office
lighting and equipment installed by Tenant in the Premises. Tenant's
electrical consumption shall be separately sub-metered, such sub-meter
installed and maintained by Landlord at its sole expense, and Tenant shall
reimburse Landlord monthly, as Additional Rent, for the measured
consumption as set forth in an invoice from Landlord accompanied by such
documentation as is reasonably sufficient to substantiate such changes.
Tenant shall not connect any apparatus or device with wires, conduits or
pipes, or other means by which the services are supplied, for the purpose
of using additional or unusual amounts of the services without the prior
written consent of Landlord. Unless expressly authorized by Landlord in
writing, at all times Tenant's use of electric current shall not exceed the
capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring
installation. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord shall make a minimum
of 6 Watts per rentable square foot available for Tenant's use for
connected load.
(d) WATER. Make water available in public areas for drinking and lavatory
purposes only.
(e) JANITORIAL SERVICE. Provide building standard janitorial service to the
Premises, as set forth on Exhibit G, provided the Premises are used
exclusively as offices, and are kept reasonably in order by Tenant. Tenant
shall pay to Landlord any cost incurred by Landlord for janitorial services
in excess of those generally provided for other tenants in the Building.
Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of removal of any of Tenant's refuse
and rubbish.
2. ADDITIONAL CHARGES. Landlord may impose a charge equal to Landlord's
actual incremental cost, without mark-up, in providing such utilities or
services, including, without limitation any necessary maintenance personnel
costs, for any utilities and services, including without limitation any
necessary air-conditioning, electric current, water and janitorial service,
required to be provided by Landlord by reason of (i) any use of the Premises at
any time other than during Building Standard Hours;
-8-
(ii) any use beyond what Landlord agrees to furnish as described above; or (iii)
special electrical, cooling and ventilating needs created in certain areas by
hybrid telephone equipment, computers and other similar equipment or uses.
3. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant agrees to cooperate at all times with
Landlord and to abide by all reasonable regulations and requirements which
Landlord may prescribe for the use of the utilities and services. Any failure to
pay any excess costs as described above with the next installment of Rent due
after receipt of a statement for such services accompanied by such documentation
as is reasonably sufficient to substantiate such charges, shall constitute a
breach of the obligation to pay Rent under this Lease and shall entitle Landlord
to the rights granted in this Lease for a breach.
4. NOTICE. To the extent practical, Landlord shall attempt to give Tenant
notice of proposed shutdowns of services.
-9-
EXHIBIT E
EXISTING TENANT PRIORITY RIGHTS AS TO FIRST OFFER TO LEASE
1. Allstate Insurance Co.
2. Metromarketing Resources, Inc.
3. Ryan Beck & Company
4. William Casper Graustein Memorial Fund
5. T.M. BYXBEE COMPANY, P.C.
6. IBM.
7. Parrett, proto, Psrese & Colwell, P.C.
8. Teachers insurance and Annuity Association of America
9. Waddell & Reed, Inc.
-10-
EXHIBIT F
EXCLUSIONS FROM OPERATING EXPENSES
1. Expenditures that are, under generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, of a capital nature, and depreciation and
amortization, except to the extent of the annual amortization of certain
capital expenditures, as and to the extent permitted by the terms of
Section 5(b) of the Lease.
2. Any costs, fees or expenses paid to an affiliate, subsidiary or related
company of Landlord in excess of that which would be paid to competitor
contractors, servicemen, vendors or companies at arms length for comparable
service of comparable quality to the comparable area.
3. Interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgage or mortgages,
mortgage charges and brokerage commissions.
4. Attorneys' fees, accountants' fees architects' fees, costs and
disbursements and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations
or disputes with Tenant, other tenants, other occupants, or prospective
tenants or occupants or associated with the enforcement of any leases or
defenses of Landlord's title to or interest in the Property or any part
thereof.
5. Costs, expenses or expenditures relating to the renovation, improvement,
decorating, painting or redecorating of any space for any other tenants or
other occupants of the Building.
6. Expenses in connection with services or other benefits of a type or to the
extent not provided to Tenant or the Premises but which are provided to
another tenant or occupant.
7. Penalties or damages incurred due to violation by Landlord or any tenant of
the terms and conditions of any lease, except for any violations committed
by the Tenant.
8. All items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant or occupant in
the Building or another part of the Property is separately charged,
reimburses Landlord or pays third persons or for which Landlord is
reimbursed by any other party, including, without limitation, amounts
reimbursed under insurance policies and the net amount recoverable by
Landlord under any warranties.
9. Any fines or penalties incurred due to violations by Landlord of any
governmental rule or authority.
10. Advertising and promotional expenditures.
11. Any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial
concessions operated by Landlord at the Property.
12. Payments under any ground lease.
13. Charitable or political contributions.
-11-
EXHIBIT G
CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS
ALL OFFICES & CONFERENCE ROOMS
Nighty:
1. Assemble all waste and dispose of it in waste container.
2. Replace plastic liner in waste basket.
3. Dispose of recycled waste in proper containers.
4. Dust all furniture, counters and file cabinet tops, and telephones.
5. Dust, mop or sweep all non-carpeted areas.
6. Vacuum traffic and obviously soiled carpet areas.
7. Remove finger prints and smudges from partitions, doors, woodwork and
light switches (except where special solutions are needed).
8. Spot clean glass doors and partions.
9. Clean and sanitize all drinking fountains.
10. Spot clean carpet where possible.
11. Erase white board and clean marker tray.
12. Mop all marble floors nightly with clean water only.
Once Per Week:
1. Vacuum non-traffic carpet areas.
2. Dust all ledges and sills to hand level.
Monthly:
1. Dust high partitions, ledges, sills, picture frames, pipes, and
cabinets above hand level.
2. Dust Venetian Blinds.
3. Strip, wash and wax resilient tile floors.
KITCHENETTS
Nightly:
1. Assemble all waste and dispose of it in waste container.
2. Replace plastic liner in waste baskets.
3. Vacuum traffic and obviously soiled areas.
4. Wet mop resilient floor tiles.
RESTROOMS
Nightly:
1. Clean and sanitize hand wash sinks, urinals, and commode--inthat
order. Clean the inside and outside of each fixture.
2. Clean and polish chrome fittings and bright work, including shelves,
flushometers and dispensers.
3. Clean and polish mirrors and glass.
4. Dust and spot clean toilet partitions and doors, tile walls, and
receptacles.
5. Empty all waste and sanitary napkin receptacles. Insert liners.
6. Furnish and refill all dispensers with soap, paper towels, toilet
tissue, plastic liners, tec.
7. Remove spots, stains and splashes from wall area.
8. Emoty and damp wipe all trash receptacles.
9. Wet mop and rinse all floors. Germicidal solution to be used in some
locations.
Once Per Week:
1. Dust all horizontal surfaces including moldings, ledges, shelves, door
frames, radiators and partitions.
-12-
Monthly:
1. Dust or vacuum all supply and exhaust air ducts covers and grills.
2. Change air freshener cartridges.
ELEVATORS
Nightly:
1. Vacuum or sweep.
2. Dust.
3. Wipe down control panel to remove finger prints.
COMMON AREAS, HALLWAYS AND LOBBY
Nightly:
1. Vacuum carpets and spot clean if necessary.
2. Wet mop, with clean water only, marble or ceramic floors.
3. Sweep all stairs in all stair wells.
4. Note and provide written list to building maintenance of all burned
out lights or exit signs.
5. Clean all glass doors in main lobby inside and out.
6. Dust all stainless steel grills.
-13-
Exhibit 10.18
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement
between
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
"Borrower"
and
TD BANKNORTH, N.A.
"Lender"
Dated: November 28, 2006
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the
"Agreement"), dated as of November 28, 2006 is made by and between TransAct
Technologies Incorporated, a Delaware corporation ("Borrower") and TD Banknorth,
N.A., a national banking association ("Lender").
WITNESSETH:
In consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein
contained and to induce Lender to extend credit to Borrower, the parties agree
as follows:
1 Definitions. Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.
2 The Loan.
2.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. This Agreement amends and
restates in its entirety that certain Revolving Credit, Equipment Loan and
Security Agreement by and between Borrower and Lender dated August 6, 2003 (as
amended from time to time the "Prior Agreement"). Borrower reaffirms that all of
the Indebtedness outstanding as of the date hereof under the Prior Agreement
shall continue to be Indebtedness under this Agreement. The Amended and Restated
Revolving Credit Note executed this date amends and restates the Revolving
Credit Note under the Prior Agreement and reaffirms all of the Indebtedness
evidenced by such Revolving Credit Note. The grant of a security interest
hereunder is an affirmation of the security interest granted by Borrower under
the Prior Agreement.
2.2 Revolving Credit Loan. Lender agrees, on the terms and conditions set
forth in this Agreement to make Revolving Credit Loans to Borrower from time to
time during the Revolving Credit Period, provided that no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, in amounts such that the aggregate
principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and the face amount of any Letters of
Credit at any one time outstanding will not exceed the Maximum Loan Amount or as
to any Revolving Credit Loan used to fund Permitted Acquisitions will not exceed
$7,500,000.00 in the aggregate during the Revolving Credit Period. Within the
foregoing limit, Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans
at any time during the Revolving Credit Period.
2.3 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note. The Revolving Credit Loans
shall be evidenced by a promissory note in the face amount of the Maximum Loan
Amount and dated the date hereof and in the form appended here to as Exhibit 2
(the "Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note") and shall be payable in
accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note and
this Agreement.
-1-
2.4 Requesting Interest Rate.
(a) Each Revolving Credit Loan shall be a Prime Rate Borrowing if made
through any controlled disbursement or similar account maintained by Borrower
with Lender or a LIBOR Borrowing if Borrower so requests in compliance with the
provisions of this Agreement. Borrower must request at least two Business Days
prior to the end of any Interest Period that a LIBOR Borrowing be continued as a
LIBOR Borrowing (in accordance with the provisions hereof) otherwise such LIBOR
Borrowing will be continued as a Prime Rate Borrowing.
(b) Each LIBOR Borrowing or continuation of any LIBOR Borrowing shall
be in an amount at least equal to $100,000 or any greater multiple of $50,000.
There shall not at any time be more than a total of four (4) LIBOR Borrowings
outstanding for all Loans at any time.
(c) Borrower may request a LIBOR Borrowing or continuation of a LIBOR
Borrowing not later than 11:00 a.m. Eastern Standard or Daylight Savings time,
as applicable, two Business Days before the date of the proposed LIBOR Borrowing
or continuation. Each request for a LIBOR Borrowing shall set forth the
requested Interest Period and shall be irrevocable.
2.5 Revolving Credit Loans.
(a) Lender, in its discretion, may require from Borrower a signed
written request for a Revolving Credit Loan in form satisfactory to Lender,
which request shall (i) be delivered to Lender no later than 12:00 noon (local
Eastern Standard or Eastern Daylight Savings Time as applicable) on the date of
the requested Revolving Credit Loan if a Prime Rate Borrowing and as provided in
Section 2.4 if a LIBOR Borrowing, and (ii) specify the date (which shall be a
Business Day) and the amount of the proposed Revolving Credit Loan and (iii)
provide such other information as Lender may require. Lender's acceptance of
such a request shall be indicated by its making the Revolving Credit Loan
requested.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender may, in its sole and
absolute discretion, make or permit to remain outstanding Revolving Credit Loans
in excess of the original maximum principal amount of the Amended and Restated
Revolving Credit Note, and all such amounts shall (i) be part of the
Indebtedness evidenced by the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, (ii)
bear interest as provided herein, (iii) be payable upon demand by Lender, and
(iv) be entitled to all rights and security as provided under the Loan
Documents.
(c) Revolving Credit Loans may be repaid and reborrowed during the
Revolving Credit Period.
(d) Borrower will maintain all of its primary deposit accounts with
Lender, provided that Borrower may continue to utilize a deposit account with
Tompkins County Trust in Ithaca, New York.
-2-
2.6 Letter of Credit. Lender in its sole discretion may issue letters of
credit or bankers' acceptances (collectively "Letter of Credit") upon terms and
conditions satisfactory to Lender.
2.7 Repayment of Loans.
(a) The Revolving Credit Loans shall mature, and the principal amount
thereof and all interest, fees, expenses and other amounts payable under the
Loan Documents shall be due and payable on the last day of the Revolving Credit
Period unless extended in writing by Lender in its sole discretion.
(b) Borrower shall pay interest on the aggregate unpaid principal
balance of each LIBOR Borrowing from the date of each such Loan through and
including the last day of the Interest Period chosen by Borrower with respect to
such LIBOR Borrowing or any continuation thereof as provided in Section 2.4 and
shall pay all interest accrued but unpaid at the option of Lender (i) on the
first day of each month, (ii) monthly from the date the LIBOR Borrowing is made
or (iii) on the last day of the applicable Interest Period. Accrued and unpaid
interest on all Prime Rate Borrowings shall be due and payable on the first day
of each calendar month.
(c) Lender may debit any deposit account of Borrower with Lender or
make Revolving Credit Loans to Borrower (whether or not in excess of the lesser
of the Maximum Loan Amount) and apply such amounts to the payment of interest,
fees, expenses and other amounts to which Lender may be entitled from time to
time under any Indebtedness due Lender and Lender is hereby irrevocably
authorized to do so without the consent of Borrower.
(d) Borrower shall make each payment of principal of and interest on
the Loan and fees hereunder not later than 12:00 noon (Eastern Standard or
Eastern Daylight Savings Time as applicable) on the date when due, without set
off, counterclaim or other deduction, in immediately available funds to Lender
at its address referred to in Section 10.6. Whenever any payment of principal
of, or interest on, the Loans or of fees shall be due on a day, which is not a
Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day. If the date for any payment of principal is extended by
operation of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such
extended time.
(e) Regardless of the term of any Loan, all Loans shall be due and
payable if any Loan is not paid when due.
2.8 Overdue Amounts. Any payments not made as and when due shall bear
interest from the date due until paid at the Default Rate, in Lender's
discretion.
2.9 Fees.
(a) Borrower shall pay to Lender a non-refundable facility fee in the
amount of $27,000.00 on the date of this Agreement.
-3-
(b) Borrower shall pay to Lender a unused facility fee for each day at
a rate per annum equal to the product of (i) one-quarter of one percent divided
by 360 multiplied by (ii) the difference between (A) the Maximum Loan Amount and
(B) the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans on such day,
payable monthly on the first day of each calendar month with respect to the
immediately preceding month.
2.10 Statement of Account. Lender will provide Borrower with a statement of
account on a monthly basis, such statement will be presumed complete and
accurate and will be definitive and binding on Borrower, unless objected to with
specificity by Borrower in writing within forty-five (45) days after receipt.
2.11 Interest Rate.
(a) The Revolving Credit Loans comprising each Prime Rate Borrowing
shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate minus 1.00% per
annum as adjusted from time to time.
(b) The Revolving Credit Loans comprising each LIBOR Borrowing shall
bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the
Interest Period in effect for such LIBOR Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin as
adjusted from time to time.
(c) If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a LIBOR
Borrowing Lender determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent
manifest error):
(d) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining
the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest
Period; or that, due to changes in circumstances, the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the
LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and
fairly reflect the cost to Lender of making or maintaining their Loans included
in such LIBOR Borrowing for such Interest Period; then Lender shall give notice
thereof to Borrower by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable
thereafter and such Loan shall be made as a Prime Rate Borrowing.
(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of
360 days, and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days
elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable
Prime Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by Lender and
such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
2.12 Increased Costs.
(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall impose,
modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan,
insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for
the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, Lender (except any
reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) and the result of any
of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making or
maintaining any LIBOR Borrowing (or of maintaining its obligation to make any
such Loan)
-4-
then, upon request of Lender, Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount
or amounts as will compensate Lender for such additional costs incurred or
reduction suffered.
(b) Capital Requirements. If Lender reasonably determines that any
Change in Law affecting Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such
Lender's holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would
have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender's capital or on the
capital of Lender's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement,
the commitments of Lender hereunder or the Loans made by Lender to a level below
that which Lender or Lender's holding company could have achieved but for such
Change in Law (taking into consideration Lender's policies and the policies of
such Lender's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time
to time Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Lender or Lender's holding company for any such reduction
suffered.
(c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of Lender setting
forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding
company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this
Section setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such claim and a
calculation of the amount payable to the Lender and delivered to Borrower shall
be conclusive. so long as it reflects a reasonable basis for the calculation of
the amounts set forth therein and does not contain any manifest error. Borrower
shall pay the Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10
days after receipt thereof.
(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of Lender to
demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of
Lender's right to demand such compensation, provided that Borrower shall not be
required to compensate Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs
incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior to the date that
Lender, notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased
costs or reductions and of Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor
(except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or
reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be
extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
2.13 Break Funding Payment. In the event of (i) the payment of any
principal of any LIBOR Borrowing other than on the last day of an Interest
Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (ii)
the conversion of any LIBOR Borrowing other than on the last day of the Interest
Period applicable thereto, or (iii) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or
prepay any LIBOR Borrowing on the date specified in any notice delivered
pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable
and is revoked in accordance herewith) then, in any such event, Borrower shall
compensate Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event,
including the LIBOR Yield Maintenance Fee.
2.14 Mandatory Prepayments.
(a) Sale, Damage, Destruction, etc. If Borrower sells any Equipment,
or if any of the Collateral is damaged, destroyed or taken by condemnation,
Borrower shall pay to Lender,
-5-
unless otherwise specifically provided herein or otherwise agreed to by Lender,
as and when received by Borrower and as a mandatory prepayment of the Loans, to
be applied to the Revolving Credit Loans, subject to Borrower's ability to
reborrow Revolving Credit Loans in accordance with the terms hereof (or, at
Lender's option, such of the other Indebtedness of Borrower as Lender may
elect), a sum equal to the net proceeds received by Borrower from (i) such sale
or (ii) such damage, destruction or condemnation, provided, however, that
without Lender's consent, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing:
(i) obsolete or worn out Equipment may be sold or otherwise
disposed of by Borrower and the proceeds thereof may be retained
by Borrower, so long as the fair market value of any such
Equipment sold or otherwise disposed of in any single transaction
is less than $100,000, and the fair market value, in the
aggregate, of all such Equipment sold or otherwise disposed of by
Borrower during any twelve-month period is less than $100,000;
and
(ii) proceeds of Collateral arising from the damage, destruction
or condemnation thereof may be retained by Borrower and used by
Borrower to repair, restore or replace such Collateral, as the
case may be, so long as the fair market value of any such
Collateral damaged, destroyed or condemned in any single incident
is less than $100,000 and the fair market value, in the
aggregate, of all such Collateral owned by Borrower and damaged,
destroyed or condemned during any twelve-month period is less
than $100,000.
3 Conditions Precedent to Borrowing. Prior to making any Loan, the following
conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Lender and its
counsel:
3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance. In addition to any other
requirement set forth in this Agreement, Lender will not make the initial Loan
unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied:
(a) Loan Documents. Borrower and each other party to any Loan
Document, as applicable, shall have executed and delivered this Agreement, the
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note and other required Loan Documents,
all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
(b) Supporting Documents. Borrower shall cause to be delivered to
Lender the following documents:
(i) A copy of the governing instruments of Borrower and each
Subsidiary, and a good standing certificate of Borrower and each
Subsidiary, certified by the appropriate official of its state of
incorporation;
(ii) Incumbency certificate and certified resolutions of the
board of directors (or other appropriate Persons) of Borrower and
each other Person executing any Loan Documents, signed by the
Secretary or another authorized officer of
-6-
Borrower or such other Person, authorizing the execution,
delivery and performance of the Loan Documents;
(iii) The legal opinion of Borrower's legal counsel addressed to
Lender regarding such matters as Lender and its counsel may
reasonably request;
(iv) Satisfactory evidence of payment of all fees due and
reimbursement of all costs incurred by Lender, and evidence of
payment to other parties of all fees or costs which Borrower is
required to pay under this Agreement;
(v) UCC searches and other Lien searches showing no existing
security interests in or Liens on the Collateral other than
Permitted Liens or Liens to be terminated upon funding of the
initial Loan and for which Lender has a satisfactory payoff
letter;
(vi) An Affirmation of Guaranty from each of the Guarantors;
(vii) Fully executed and completed certificate in the form
appended hereto as Exhibit 3 (the "Perfection Certificate");
(viii) Intellectual Property Security Agreement as to any
Intellectual Property identified in the revised Perfection
Certificate;
(ix) All material contracts not yet delivered to the Lender,
including the GTECH Contract and any of the following, which if
cancelled or violated would have a Material Adverse Effect on
Borrower including by way of example (a) leases, (b) union
contracts, (c) labor contracts, (d) vendor supply contracts,
(e)license agreements, and (f) distributorship agreements; and
(x) The Transact UK Pledge Agreement duly executed and original
share certificate for 65% of the issued and outstanding shares of
Transact UK.
(c) Insurance. Borrower shall have delivered to Lender satisfactory
evidence of insurance meeting the requirements of Section 5.3.
(d) Perfection of Liens. UCC-1 financing statements shall duly have
been recorded or filed in the manner and places required by law to establish,
preserve, protect and perfect the interests and rights created or intended to be
created by the security interest granted hereunder; and all taxes, fees and
other charges in connection with the execution, delivery and filing of the
financing statements shall duly have been paid.
(e) Lien Waiver. Lender has received certain Lien Waivers as provided
on the Perfection Certificate and Borrower shall use best efforts to obtain all
additional Lien Waivers from (i) all lessors of real property to Borrower or in
which Collateral is located and (ii) all
-7-
processors and vendors agreed to by Borrower and Lender for which the Borrower
has not yet received such Lien Waiver and which are listed on the Perfection
Certificate.
(f) Additional Documents. Borrower shall have delivered to Lender all
additional opinions, documents, certificates and other assurances that Lender or
its counsel may require.
3.2 Conditions Precedent to Each Advance. The following conditions, in
addition to any other requirements set forth in this Agreement, shall have been
met or performed by the requested date for any Revolving Credit Loan (whether or
not a written request is required) shall be deemed to be a representation that
all such conditions have been satisfied:
(a) No Default. No Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur upon the making of the Revolving Credit Loan in question.
(b) Correctness of Representations. All representations and warranties
made by Borrower herein or otherwise in writing in connection herewith shall be
true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though the
representations and warranties had been made on and as of the proposed date for
the Revolving Credit Loan except to the extent that such representations relate
to a specific date or prior event.
(c) Limitations Not Exceeded. The proposed Revolving Credit Loan shall
not cause the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans to
exceed the Maximum Loan Amount.
(d) Further Assurances. Borrower shall have delivered such further
documentation or assurances as Lender may reasonably require.
4 Representations and Warranties. In order to induce Lender to enter into this
Agreement and to make the Loans provided for herein, Borrower makes the
following representations and warranties, all of which shall survive the
execution and delivery of the Loan Documents. Unless otherwise specified, such
representations and warranties shall be deemed made as of the date hereof and as
of each date Borrower requests a Revolving Credit Loan:
4.1 Valid Existence and Power. Borrower and each Subsidiary is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified or licensed to
transact business in all places where the failure to be so qualified would have
a Material Adverse Effect on it. Each of Borrower and each other Person which is
a party to any Loan Document (other than Lender) has the power to make and
perform the Loan Documents executed by it and all such instruments will
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person, enforceable
in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to bankruptcy and
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally.
4.2 Authority. The execution, delivery and performance thereof by Borrower
and each other Person (other than Lender) executing any Loan Document have been
duly authorized by all necessary action of such Person, and do not and will not
violate any provision of law or
-8-
regulation, or any writ, order or decree of any court or governmental or
regulatory authority or agency or any provision of the governing instruments of
such Person, and, except as set forth on Schedule 4.2, do not and will not, with
the passage of time or the giving of notice, result in a breach of, or
constitute a default or require any consent under, or result in the creation of
any Lien upon any property or assets of such Person pursuant to, any law,
regulation, instrument or agreement to which any such Person is a party or by
which any such Person or its respective properties may be subject, bound or
affected.
4.3 Financial Condition. Other than as disclosed in financial statements
delivered on or prior to the date hereof to Lender, neither Borrower nor any
Subsidiary has any direct or contingent obligations or liabilities (including
any guarantees or leases) or any material unrealized or anticipated losses from
any commitments of such Person except as described on Schedule 4.3 (if any). All
such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than
the absence of footnotes and subject to year end adjustment, as to interim
statements) and fairly present the financial condition of Borrower or
Subsidiary, as the case may be, as of the date thereof. Borrower is Solvent, and
after consummation of the transactions set forth in this Agreement and the other
Loan documents, Borrower will be Solvent.
4.4 Litigation. Except as disclosed on Schedules 4.4 and 4.14 (if any),
there are no suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower
threatened, before any court or by or before any governmental or regulatory
authority, commission, bureau or agency or public regulatory body against or
affecting Borrower or any Subsidiary, or their assets, which if adversely
determined would have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower or such Subsidiary.
4.5 Agreements, Etc. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any
agreement or instrument or subject to any court order, governmental decree or
any charter or other corporate restriction, adversely affecting its business,
assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise), and except as set
forth on Schedule 4.5 (if any), no such Person is in default in the performance,
observance or fulfillment of any of the material obligations, covenants or
conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party, or
any law, regulation, decree, order or the like.
4.6 Authorizations. All authorizations, consents, approvals and licenses
required under applicable law or regulation for the ownership or operation of
the property owned or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary or for the conduct
of any business in which it is engaged have been duly issued and are in full
force and effect, and it is not in default, nor has any event occurred which
with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a
default, under any of the terms or provisions of any part thereof, or under any
order, decree, ruling, regulation, closing agreement or other decision or
instrument of any governmental commission, bureau or other administrative agency
or public regulatory body having jurisdiction over such Person, which default
would have a Material Adverse Effect on such Person. Except as noted herein, no
approval, consent or authorization of, or filing or registration with, any
governmental commission, bureau or other regulatory authority or agency is
required with respect to the execution, delivery or performance of any Loan
Document.
-9-
4.7 Title. Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary have good title to all of
the assets shown in its financial statements free and clear of all Liens, except
Permitted Liens.
4.8 Collateral. The security interests granted to Lender herein and
pursuant to any other Security Agreement (a) constitute and, as to subsequently
acquired property included in the Collateral covered by the Security Agreement,
will constitute, security interests under the Code entitled to all of the
rights, benefits and priorities provided by the Code and (b) are, and as to such
subsequently acquired Collateral will be, fully perfected, superior and prior to
the rights of all third persons, now existing or hereafter arising, subject only
to Permitted Liens. All of the Collateral is intended for use solely in
Borrower's business.
4.9 Taxes. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed all federal and state
income and other tax returns which are required to be filed, and have paid all
taxes as shown on said returns and all taxes, including withholding, FICA and ad
valorem taxes, shown on all assessments received by it to the extent that such
taxes have become due. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9, neither Borrower nor
any Subsidiary is subject to any federal, state or local tax Liens nor has such
Person received any notice of deficiency or other official notice to pay any
taxes. Borrower and each Subsidiary have paid all sales and excise taxes payable
by it.
4.10 Labor Law Matters. No goods or services have been produced by Borrower
or any Subsidiary in violation of any applicable labor laws or regulations or
any collective bargaining agreement or other labor agreements or in violation of
any minimum wage, wage-and-hour or other similar laws or regulations, except for
such violations as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower.
4.11 Accounts. Each Account, instrument, chattel paper and other writing
constituting any portion of the Collateral is genuine and enforceable in
accordance with its terms except for such limits thereon arising from bankruptcy
and similar laws relating to creditors' rights.
4.12 Judgment Liens. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary, nor any of their
assets, are subject to any unpaid judgments (whether or not stayed) or any
judgment liens in any jurisdiction.
4.13 Subsidiaries. Borrower's Subsidiaries are listed on Schedule 4.13.
4.14 Environmental. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.14 or remedied to the
satisfaction of the appropriate regulatory agency and to the best knowledge of
Borrower, and except for ordinary and customary amounts of solvents, cleaners
and similar materials used in the ordinary course of Borrower's business and in
material compliance with all Environmental Laws, Borrower has not generated,
stored or disposed of any Regulated Material on any portion of any property
currently owned or operated by Borrower, or transferred any Regulated Material
from such property to any other location in violation of any applicable
Environmental Laws. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.14, to the best knowledge
of Borrower, Borrower is in material compliance with all applicable
Environmental Laws, and Borrower has not been notified of any action, suit,
proceeding or investigation which calls into question compliance by
-10-
Borrower with any Environmental Laws, or which seeks to suspend, revoke or
terminate any license, permit or approval necessary for the generation,
handling, storage, treatment or disposal of any Regulated Material. To the best
knowledge of Borrower, any material non-compliance whether set forth on Schedule
4.14 or otherwise, which has been the subject of an investigation by a
regulatory agency has been remedied or is being remedied to the satisfaction of
the applicable regulatory agency.
4.15 ERISA. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15, no Benefit Plan was in
violation in any material respect of any of the provisions of ERISA or any of
the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the IRC within the
immediately preceding five year period, no non-exempt Prohibited Transaction or
Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Benefit Plan, no Benefit Plan
has been the subject of a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section
412 of the IRC, no Benefit Plan has experienced an accumulated funding
deficiency under Section 412 of the IRC, no Lien has been imposed upon Borrower
or any ERISA Affiliate of Borrower under Section 412(n) of the IRC, no Benefit
Plan has been amended in such a way that the security requirements of Section
401(a)(29) of the IRC apply, no notice of intent to terminate a Benefit Plan has
been distributed to affected parties or filed with the PBGC under Section 4041
of ERISA, and no Benefit Plan has been terminated under Section 4041(e) of
ERISA, the PBGC has not instituted proceedings to terminate, or appoint a
trustee to administer, a Benefit Plan and no event has occurred or condition
exists which might reasonably constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for
the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Benefit
Plan, neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate of Borrower would be liable for
any amount in the aggregate pursuant to Sections 4062, 4063 or 4064 of ERISA if
all Benefit Plans terminated as of the most recent valuation dates of such
Benefit Plans which would reasonably result in a Material Adverse Effect;
neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate of Borrower maintains any employee
welfare benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, which provides any
benefits to an employee or the employee's dependents with respect to claims
incurred after the employee separates from service other than is required by
applicable law; and neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate of Borrower has
incurred or expects to incur any withdrawal liability to any Multiemployer Plan
and after the Closing Date, none of the above-described events shall occur which
are reasonably likely to result in Material Adverse Effect;
4.16 Investment Company Act. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an
"investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
4.17 Compliance with Covenants; No Default. Borrower is, and upon funding
of the Loans will be, in compliance with all of the covenants hereof. No Default
has occurred, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents
and the funding of the Loans will not cause a Default.
4.18 Intellectual Property. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries own such
patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property to operate their
respective businesses and have valid and enforceable licenses or rights to any
additional patents, trademarks and registered copyrights necessary for the
operation of their respective businesses. Schedule 4.18 is a complete list of
all owned and licensed patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual
property of
-11-
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.18, no
claim of infringement has been asserted against Borrower as to any intellectual
property.
4.19 Full Disclosure. There is no fact (other than facts which are
generally available to the public and not particular to Borrower, such as
general economic or industry trends) which is known by Borrower that Borrower
has not disclosed to Lender which would have a greater than $250,000 negative
impact on the Company's results of operations or Collateral, as determined under
generally accepted accounting principles, in the then current quarter. Taken as
a whole the Loan Documents and any agreement, document, certificate or statement
delivered by Borrower to Lender do not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact which is known by Borrower and
which is necessary to keep the other statements from being misleading.
4.20 Perfection Certificate. All representations, warranties and statements
made by Borrower in the Perfection Certificate executed and delivered by
Borrower to Lender in connection with the Loan are true and correct as of the
date hereof.
4.21 Compliance with Law. Borrower, each Guarantor and each Subsidiary
thereof is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all
laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its
properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of law or
order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply
therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5 Affirmative Covenants of Borrower. Borrower covenants and agrees that from the
date hereof and until payment in full of the Indebtedness and the formal
termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary:
5.1 Use of Loan Proceeds. Shall use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit
Loans for working capital to be used in the operation of Borrower's business and
for Permitted Acquisitions and the payment of stock buyouts under Section 6.3
(b), and Borrower shall furnish Lender all evidence that it may reasonably
require with respect to such use.
5.2 Maintenance of Business and Properties. Shall at all times maintain,
preserve and protect all Collateral and all the remainder of its material
property used or useful in the conduct of its business, and keep the same in
good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear accepted), and
from time to time make, or cause to be made, all material needful and proper
repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto so that
the business carried on in connection therewith may be conducted properly and in
accordance with standards generally accepted in businesses of a similar type and
size at all times, and maintain and keep in full force and effect all licenses
and permits reasonably necessary to the proper conduct of its business.
-12-
5.3 Insurance. Shall maintain such liability insurance, workers'
compensation insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance
as may be required by law, customary and usual for prudent businesses in its
industry or as may be reasonably required by Lender and shall insure and keep
insured all Collateral and other properties in good and responsible insurance
companies satisfactory to Lender. Such insurance shall insure all Collateral no
matter where located, including collateral held by third parties as processors
or vendors to Borrower. All hazard insurance covering Collateral shall be in
amounts and shall contain co-insurance and deductible provisions approved by
Lender, shall name and directly insure Lender as secured party and loss payee
under a long-form loss payee clause acceptable to Lender, or its equivalent, and
shall not be terminable except upon 30 days' written notice to Lender.
5.4 Notice of Default. Shall provide to Lender prompt notice of (a) the
occurrence of a Default and what action (if any) Borrower is taking to correct
the same, (b) any material litigation or material changes in existing litigation
or any judgment against it or its assets, (c) any material damage or loss to
property, (d) any notice from taxing authorities as to claimed deficiencies or
any tax lien or any notice relating to alleged ERISA violations, (e) any ERISA
Event, (f) the cancellation or termination of, or any default under, any
material agreement to which Borrower is a party or by which any of its
properties are bound, or any acceleration of the maturity of any Debt of
Borrower and (g) any loss or threatened loss of material licenses or permits.
5.5 Inspections. Shall permit inspections of the Collateral and the records
of such Person pertaining thereto and verification of the Accounts, at such
times and in such manner as may be reasonably required by Lender; provided that
prior to an Event of Default such examinations shall take place during normal
business hours of Borrower and upon twenty-four (24) hours prior notice and no
more often than once each calendar year. Borrower shall further permit such
inspections, reviews and field examinations of its other records and its
properties (with such reasonable frequency and at such reasonable times as
Lender may desire) by Lender as Lender may deem necessary or desirable from time
to time; provided, that prior to an Event of Default, Lender shall conduct such
examinations no more than once a year. The cost of such field examinations,
reviews, verifications and inspections shall be borne by Borrower and, prior to
an Event of Default, shall not exceed $750.00 per day plus out of pocket
expenses; provided such fees shall be subject to periodic review by Lender.
5.6 Financial Information. Shall maintain books and records in accordance
with GAAP and shall furnish to Lender the following periodic financial
information:
(a) Inventory and Equipment Reports. Borrower has delivered as of the
date hereof a report listing for each of the processors and vendors listed on
Schedule 3 to Perfection Certificate (i) the name and address of any third party
which is holding, processing or using such Inventory or Equipment and (ii)
stating whether such third party has executed a Lien Waiver in favor of Lender
(the "Inventory and Equipment Report"), and a spread sheet setting forth in
summary the tooling by vendor, whether or not listed on the Perfection
Certificate. Borrower shall update the tooling at vendors listed on Schedule 3
to the Perfection Certificate at any time when there is a change which exceeds
$200,000 in the aggregate in the tooling at any particular
-13-
location or any new location when the tooling at a vendor exceeds $50,000 in
value. At the request of the Lender, Borrower shall deliver to Lender an update
to the Inventory and Equipment Report not more frequently than thirty (30) days
after the end of each fiscal quarter, modifying Schedule 3 to the Perfection
Certificate, if necessary, so that the vendors listed on Schedule 3 to the
Perfection Certificate as holding tooling make up at least 80% of the value of
tooling at all vendors and listing any new processors holding inventory of a
value of more than $200,000 and the amount of inventory at that processor;
(b) Interim Statements. Within forty-five days after the end of each
fiscal quarter, a copy of Borrower's Form 10-Q submitted to the Securities and
Exchange Commission, including a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower at the
end of that period and a consolidated income statement and statement of cash
flows for that period (and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such
period), together with all supporting schedules, setting forth in comparative
form the figures for the same period of the preceding fiscal year, and certified
by the chief financial officer of Borrower as true and correct and fairly
representing the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and that
such statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, except without footnotes
and subject to normal year end audit adjustments; provided that each fiscal
quarter financial statement delivered to Lender hereunder shall be reviewed but
not audited;
(c) Annual Statements. As soon as available and in any event within 90
days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower:
(i) a copy of Borrower's Form 10-K as submitted to the Securities
and Exchange Commission, including:
(ii) consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and
cash flows of Borrower for such fiscal year and the related
consolidated sheets of Borrower as at the end of such fiscal
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
corresponding consolidated figures for the preceding fiscal year;
and
(iii) an opinion of independent certified public accountants of
recognized standing (without a "going concern" or like
qualification or exception and without any qualification or
exception as to the scope of such audit) stating that said
financial statements referred to in the preceding clause (i)
fairly present the financial condition and results of operations
of Borrower as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in
accordance with GAAP.
(d) No Default Certificates. Together with each report required by
Subsection (b) and (c), a certificate of its chief executive officer or chief
financial officer in the form appended hereto as Exhibit 4 ("Compliance
Certificate") that no Event of Default then exists or if an Event of Default
exists, the nature and duration thereof and Borrower's intention with respect
thereto, and that Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenants set
forth in Section 7.
-14-
(e) Auditor's Management Letters. Promptly upon receipt thereof,
copies of each report submitted to Borrower by independent public accountants in
connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books
of Borrower including, without limitation, each report submitted to Borrower
concerning its accounting practices and systems and any final comment letter
submitted by such accountants to management in connection with the annual audit
of Borrower;
(f) Other Filing. Borrower shall deliver to Lender copies of all
notices received from or filings made with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, any state securities office or any exchange;
(g) Other Information. Such other information reasonably requested by
Lender from time to time concerning the business, properties or financial
condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and
(h) Projections. No later than thirty (30) days after the commencement
of each fiscal year, deliver Projections to Lender for Borrower for such fiscal
year. All Projections will be prepared in good faith by Borrower based on
assumptions and opinions that Borrower arrives at in good faith. Actual results
may vary significantly and Borrower shall have no liability by reason of
Borrower's failure to meet any projections or estimates. Borrower disclaims any
representation or warranty regarding the accuracy of such projections or
estimates or the truth or reasonableness of such projections and estimates or
the assumptions and opinions which underlie such projections and estimates,
except that they will be arrived at in good faith.
5.7 Maintenance of Existence and Rights. Borrower will preserve and
maintain its corporate existence, authorities to transact business, rights and
franchises, trade names, patents, trademarks and permits necessary to the
conduct of its business.
5.8 Payment of Taxes, Etc. Shall pay before delinquent all of its debts and
taxes, except for debts and taxes being actively contested in good faith and in
accordance with law and with proper reserves maintained on its books and
records. Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of any such taxes being so
contested.
5.9 Compliance; Hazardous Materials. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14,
shall materially comply with all laws, regulations, ordinances and other legal
requirements, specifically including, without limitation, ERISA and all
securities laws. Unless approved in writing by Lender, neither Borrower nor any
Subsidiary shall engage in the storage, manufacture, disposition, processing,
handling, use or transportation of any hazardous or toxic materials, unless in
material compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
5.10 Compliance with Assignment Laws. Shall, if required by Lender, comply
with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act and any other applicable law relating
to assignment of government contracts.
-15-
5.11 Compliance with Intellectual Property. Borrower shall maintain all of
its patents, trademarks and copyrights and shall actively pursue any
infringement of any such patent, trademark or copyright unless Borrower
reasonably determines, after notice to Lender, that the foregoing is not
necessary for the conduct of its business and would not have a Material Adverse
Effect. Borrower shall operate its business so as to not knowingly infringe any
patent, trademark or copyright.
5.12 Further Assurances. Shall take such further action and provide to
Lender such further assurances as may be reasonably requested to ensure
compliance with the intent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
5.13 Covenants Regarding Collateral. Borrower makes the following covenants
with Lender regarding the Collateral:
(a) Borrower will use the Collateral only in the ordinary course of
its business and will not permit the Collateral to be used in violation of any
applicable law or policy of insurance;
(b) Borrower will defend the Collateral against all claims and demands
of all Persons, except for Permitted Liens;
(c) Borrower will, at Lender's request, use reasonable best efforts to
obtain and deliver to Lender such waivers as Lender may require waiving the
landlord's, mortgagee's or other lienholder's enforcement rights against the
Collateral and assuring Lender's access to the Collateral in exercise of its
rights hereunder;
(d) Borrower will promptly deliver to Lender all promissory notes,
drafts, trade acceptances, chattel paper, instruments or documents of title
which are Collateral, appropriately endorsed to Lender's order; and
(e) Except for sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business
and the disposition of obsolete Equipment as provided in Section 2.14, Borrower
will not sell, assign, lease, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose
of or encumber any Collateral or any interest therein.
5.14 Environmental Matters; Reporting. Borrower will observe and comply
with, and cause each Subsidiary to observe and comply with, all Environmental
Laws to the extent non-compliance could result in a material liability or
otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower or any Subsidiary. Borrower
will give Lender prompt written notice of any material violation as to any
environmental matter by Borrower and of the commencement of any judicial or
administrative proceeding relating to health, safety or environmental matters
(a) in which an adverse result would have a Material Adverse Effect on any
operating permits, air emission permits, water discharge permits, hazardous
waste permits or other permits held by Borrower which are material to the
operations of Borrower, or (b) which will or threatens to impose a material
liability on Borrower to any Person or which will require a material expenditure
by Borrower to cure any alleged problem or violation.
-16-
6 Negative Covenants of Borrower. Borrower covenants and agrees that from the
date hereof and until payment in full of the Indebtedness and the formal
termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary:
6.1 Debt. Shall not create or permit to exist any Debt, except Permitted
Debt.
6.2 Liens. Shall not create or permit any Liens on any of its property
except Permitted Liens.
6.3 Dividends.
(a) Shall not pay or acquire any Subordinated Debt unless, after
giving effect thereto, there shall be no Default hereunder and such payment or
acquisition is specifically permitted by Lender in writing (including, without
limitation, by the express terms of the applicable Subordination Agreement).
Additionally, Borrower shall not, unless specifically permitted by Lender in
writing (i) declare or pay any dividend or other distribution (other than stock
dividends) on, purchase, redeem or retire any shares of any class of its stock,
or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for the repurchase,
redemption, defeasance or retirement of, any class of its stock, equity or other
interest (ii) make any optional payment or prepayment on or redemption
(including without limitation by making payments to a sinking fund or analogous
fund) or repurchase of any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than
indebtedness pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) pay any management or similar
fees to any Person; or (iv) make any loan to any Person (except advances to
Borrower's employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices provided that all such advances shall not exceed $10,000 outstanding
in the aggregate at any time).
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations of this Section 6.3,
Borrower may complete the stock buyback program as approved by the Board of
Directors and commenced in 2005 provided that
(i) all future payments plus all payments through the date hereof
shall not exceed $10,000,000;
(ii) Borrower shall buy back the stock at a price determined by
its officers in compliance with the Board of Directors original
resolutions;
(iii) Borrower shall not buy back any such stock when an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or which would cause an
Event of Default; and
(iv) Borrower shall provide information as to any such buyback
during any fiscal quarter in the financial statements to be
provided under Section 5.6(b) hereof;
(v) All the repurchased common stock of Borrower shall be treated
as a reduction in equity in accordance with GAAP; and
-17-
(vi) Borrower may use up to $5,000,000 in Revolving Credit Loans
in any one fiscal year to fund the buyback under this Section
6.3(b).
6.4 ERISA. Borrower shall not (i) (x) maintain, or permit any member of the
Controlled Group to maintain, or (y) become obligated to contribute, or permit
any member of the Controlled Group to become obligated to contribute, to any
Benefit Plan, other than those Plans disclosed on Schedule 4.15, (ii) engage, or
permit any member of the Controlled Group to engage, in any non-exempt
"prohibited transaction", as that term is defined in section 406 of ERISA and
Section 4975 of the IRC, (iii) incur, or permit any member of the Controlled
Group to incur, any "accumulated funding deficiency", as that term is defined in
Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the IRC, (iv) terminate, or permit any
member of the Controlled Group to terminate, any Benefit Plan could result in
any material liability of Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group or the
imposition of a lien on the property of Borrower or any member of the Controlled
Group pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA, (v) assume, or permit any member of the
Controlled Group to assume, any obligation to contribute to any Multiemployer
Plan not disclosed on Schedule 4.15, (vi) incur, or permit any member of the
Controlled Group to incur, any withdrawal liability to any Multiemployer Plan;
(vii) fail promptly to notify Lender of the occurrence of any Termination Event,
(viii) fail to comply, in all material respects, or permit a member of the
Controlled Group to fail to comply, in all material respects, with the
requirements of ERISA or IRC or other applicable laws in respect of any Benefit
Plan or (ix) fail to meet, or permit any member of the Controlled Group to fail
to meet, all minimum funding requirements under ERISA or IRC or postpone or
delay or allow any member of the Controlled Group to postpone or delay any
funding requirement with respect of any Benefit Plan except as permitted by
applicable laws, in each event (i) through (ix) which would be reasonably likely
to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
6.5 Loans and Other Investments. Shall not make or permit to exist any
advances or loans to, or guarantee or become contingently liable, directly or
indirectly, in connection with the obligations, leases, stock or dividends of,
or own, purchase or make any commitment to purchase any stock, bonds, notes,
debentures or other securities of, or any interest in, or make any capital
contributions to (all of which are sometimes collectively referred to herein as
"Investments") any Person except for (a) purchases of direct obligations of the
federal government, (b) deposits in commercial banks, (c) commercial paper of
any U.S. corporation having the highest ratings then given by the Moody's
Investors Services, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation, (d) existing
investments in Subsidiaries, (e) endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business, (f) Permitted Acquisitions, (g)
advances to employees for business travel and other expenses incurred in the
ordinary course of business which do not at any time exceed $50,000.00 in the
aggregate and (h) any mutual fund or other pooled investment vehicle rated at
least Aa by Moody's Investor Services, Inc. or AAA by Standard & Poors
Corporation.
6.6 Change in Business. Shall not enter into any business which is
substantially different from the business in which it is presently engaged.
6.7 Accounts. Shall not sell, assign or discount any of its Accounts,
chattel paper or any promissory notes, instrument or payment intangible held by
it other than the discount of such notes in the ordinary course of business for
collection.
-18-
6.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Shall not directly or indirectly
purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any
property to, pay any management fees to or otherwise deal with, in the ordinary
course of business or otherwise, any Affiliate (other than a Subsidiary);
provided, however, that any acts or transactions prohibited by this Section may
be performed or engaged in if upon terms not less favorable to Borrower or such
Subsidiary than if no such relationship existed or involved a Permitted
Acquisition.
6.9 No Change in Name, Offices; Removal of Collateral. Shall not, unless it
shall have given 60 days' advance written notice thereof to Lender, (a) change
its name or the location of its chief executive office or other office where
books or records are kept, (b) change its state of organization or (c) permit
any Inventory or other tangible Collateral in excess of ten percent (10%) of the
aggregate value of the total Inventory of Borrower to be located at any location
other than the facilities as specified in the Perfection Certificate.
6.10 No Sale, Leaseback. Shall not enter into any sale-and-leaseback or
similar transaction.
6.11 Margin Stock. Shall not use any proceeds of the Loan to purchase or
carry any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of Federal Reserve System) or extend credit to others for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.
6.12 Tangible Collateral. Shall not, except as otherwise provided herein,
allow any Inventory or other tangible Collateral to be commingled with, or
become an accession to or part of, any property of any other Person so long as
such property is Collateral; nor allow any tangible Collateral to become a
fixture unless Lender shall have given its prior written authorization, except
as disclosed in the Certificate by Officers.
6.13 Subsidiaries. Shall not acquire, form or dispose of any Subsidiaries
or permit any Subsidiary to issue capital stock except to its parent, except
with the prior written consent of Lender or as part of a Permitted Acquisition.
Any new Subsidiary shall become a party to this Agreement and unless Lender
otherwise agrees, shall grant to Lender a Lien on all of its Collateral and
agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Borrower shall not
transfer, sell or assign any of its assets to any Subsidiary provided, that,
during each fiscal year, Borrower may sell inventory consisting of finished
goods or spare parts to TransAct UK having an aggregate fair market value of no
more than $500,000 and reducing on and after December 31, 2007 to $250,000. No
Subsidiary of Borrower (other than TransAct UK) currently or shall in the future
(x) engage in any business of a material nature, (y) own assets having an
aggregate value in excess of $2,750,000 and reducing on and after December 31,
2007 to $500,000 or (z) have liabilities in excess of $1,000,000 and reducing on
and after December 31, 2007 to $500,000 in the aggregate other than to Lender
and Lenders pursuant to a Guaranty. In addition, TransAct UK shall not currently
or shall not in the future (i) own assets having an aggregate value in excess of
$2,750,000 and reducing as of December 31, 2007 to $500,000 or (ii) have
indebtedness for borrowed money or any liability other than (A) in the ordinary
course of business and (B) to Lender and Lenders pursuant to a Guaranty.
-19-
6.14 Change of Name. Shall give Lender thirty (30) days prior written
notice of any new trade or fictitious name. Borrower's use of any trade or
fictitious name shall be in compliance with all laws regarding the use of such
names.
6.15 Liquidation, Mergers, Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial
Assets. Borrower shall not dissolve or liquidate, or become a party to any
merger or consolidation other than a Permitted Acquisition, or acquire by
purchase, lease or otherwise, all or a substantial part (more than 10% in the
aggregate during the term hereof) of the assets of any Person other than a
Permitted Acquisition, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or a
substantial part (more than 10% in the aggregate during the term hereof) of its
property or assets, except for the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of
business and the merger of a Subsidiary with and into Borrower and which
Borrower is the surviving party, or sell or dispose of any equity ownership
interests in any Subsidiary.
6.16 Change of fiscal year or Accounting Methods. Shall not change its
fiscal year or its significant accounting methods without the prior written
consent of Lender.
7 Financial Covenants of Borrower. Borrower covenants and agrees that from the
date hereof and until payment in full of the Indebtedness and the formal
termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary, on a consolidated
basis, shall comply with the following additional covenants:
7.1 Operating Cash Flow to Total Debt Service Ratio. Borrower shall,
maintain a ratio of Operating Cash Flow for the preceding four fiscal quarters
to Total Debt Service at the end of each fiscal quarter of not less than 1.25 to
1.00.
7.2 Funded Debt to EBITDA. The ratio of Funded Debt to Twelve Month EBITDA
shall not exceed at the end of each fiscal quarter a ratio 3.25 to 1.00.
8 Default.
8.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of
Default:
(a) There shall occur any default by Borrower in the payment, when
due, of any principal of or interest on the Revolving Credit Note or any amounts
due hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b) There has occurred and is continuing default under Sections 5.1,
5.5, 5.6, 5.11, 5.13, Section 6 and Section 7 of this Agreement; or
(c) Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition
or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clauses
(a) or (b) of this Article) or any other Loan Document, and such failure shall
continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from Lender
(given at the request of any Lender) to Borrower provided, however, that if such
failure cannot be remedied during such 30 day period despite all reasonable
-20-
efforts of Borrower, then such 30 day period shall be extended by an additional
30 day period if such delay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect; provided, further, that such additional 30 day period shall
immediately end if (i) it is no longer possible for such failure to be cured by
the end of such period, or (ii) Borrower ceases to proceed diligently and in
good faith to cure such failure;
(d) Any representation or warranty made by Borrower or any other party
to any Loan Document (other than Lender) herein or therein or in any certificate
or report furnished in connection herewith or therewith shall prove to have been
untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made; or
(e) Any other obligation now or hereafter owed by Borrower or any
Subsidiary to Lender shall be in default and not cured within the grace period,
if any, provided therein, or any such Person shall be in default under any Debt
in excess of $100,000 owed to any other obligee, which default entitles the
obligee to accelerate any such Debt or exercise other remedies with respect
thereto; or
(f) Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (A) voluntarily dissolve,
liquidate or terminate operations or apply for or consent to the appointment of,
or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of
such Person or of all or of a substantial part of its assets, other than (i) as
permitted under Section 6.15 or (ii) the liquidation of a Subsidiary and
distribution of its net assets to Borrower, (B) admit in writing its inability,
or be generally unable, to pay its debts as the debts become due, (C) make a
general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (D) commence a voluntary
case under the federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (E) file
a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, winding up, or composition or adjustment of debts,
(F) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in
writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under
Bankruptcy Code, or (G) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting
any of the foregoing; or
(g) An involuntary petition or complaint shall be filed against
Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor seeking bankruptcy relief or
reorganization or the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, intervenor
or liquidator of Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor, of all or
substantially all of its assets, and such petition or complaint shall not have
been dismissed within ninety (90) days of the filing thereof; or an order, order
for relief, judgment or decree shall be entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction or other competent authority approving or ordering any of the
foregoing actions;
(h) There shall occur any physical loss, theft, damage or destruction
of any of the Collateral, which loss exceeds $250,000 after the application of
insurance proceeds; or
(i) A judgment in excess of $250,000 shall be rendered against
Borrower or any Subsidiary and shall remain undischarged, undismissed and
unstayed for more than ten days (except judgments validly covered by insurance
with a deductible of not more than $250,000 except for director and officer
liability insurance with no more than a $100,000 deductible and
-21-
employment practices coverage under the director and officers liability
insurance with no more than a $50,000 deductible) or there shall occur any levy
upon, or attachment, garnishment or other seizure of, any material portion of
the Collateral or other assets of Borrower, any Subsidiary by reason of the
issuance of any tax levy, judicial attachment or garnishment or levy of
execution; or
(j) The making of any levy, seizure or attachment upon Collateral
having a value in excess of $100,000 which is not dismissed or released within
10 days of such levy, seizure or attachment; or
(k) cancellation of the GTECH Contract; or
(l) A Change of Control; or
(m) the operations of any of Borrower's manufacturing facilities are
interrupted at any time for more than ten (10) consecutive Business Days, unless
Borrower shall (i) be entitled to receive for such period of interruption,
proceeds of business interruption insurance sufficient to assure that its per
diem cash needs during such period is at least equal to its average per diem
cash needs for the consecutive three month period immediately preceding the
initial date of interruption and (ii) commence receiving such proceeds in the
amount described in clause (i) preceding not later than thirty (30) days
following the initial date of any such interruption.
8.2 Remedies. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender
may, without notice to Borrower, at its option, (i) withhold further Revolving
Credit Loans to Borrower or (ii) take any or all of the following actions:
(a) Lender may declare any or all Indebtedness to be immediately due
and payable (if not earlier demanded), terminate its obligation to make
Revolving Credit Loans to Borrower, bring suit against Borrower to collect the
Indebtedness, exercise any remedy available to Lender hereunder or at law and
take any action or exercise any remedy provided herein or in any other Loan
Document or under applicable law. No remedy shall be exclusive of other remedies
or impair the right of Lender to exercise any other remedies.
(b) Without waiving any of its other rights hereunder or under any
other Loan Document, Lender shall have all rights and remedies of a secured
party under the Code (and the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable
jurisdiction) and such other rights and remedies as may be available hereunder,
under other applicable law or pursuant to contract. If requested by Lender,
Borrower will promptly assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender
at a place to be designated by Lender. Borrower agrees that any notice by Lender
of the sale or disposition of the Collateral or any other intended action
hereunder, whether required by the Code or otherwise, shall constitute
reasonable notice to Borrower if the notice is mailed to Borrower by regular or
certified mail, postage prepaid, at least five days before the action to be
taken. Borrower shall be liable for any deficiencies in the event the proceeds
of the disposition of the Collateral do not satisfy the Indebtedness in full.
-22-
(c) Lender may demand, collect and sue for all amounts owed pursuant
to Accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper or for proceeds of any
Collateral (either in Borrower's name or Lender's name at the latter's option),
with the right to enforce, compromise, settle or discharge any such amounts.
9 Security Agreement.
9.1 Security Interest.
(a) As security for the payment and performance of any and all of the
Indebtedness and the performance of all other obligations and covenants of
Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, certain or contingent,
now existing or hereafter arising, which are now, or may at any time or times
hereafter be owing by Borrower to Lender, Borrower hereby pledges to Lender and
gives Lender a continuing security interest in and general Lien upon and right
of set off against, all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the
Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower.
(b) Except as herein or by applicable law otherwise expressly
provided, Lender shall not be obligated to exercise any degree of care in
connection with any Collateral in its possession, to take any steps necessary to
preserve any rights in any of the Collateral or to preserve any rights therein
against prior parties, and Borrower agrees to take such steps. In any case
Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care if it shall have taken
such steps for the care and preservation of the Collateral or rights therein as
Borrower may have reasonably requested Lender to take and Lender's omission to
take any action not requested by Borrower shall not be deemed a failure to
exercise reasonable care. No segregation or specific allocation by Lender of
specified items of Collateral against any liability of Borrower shall waive or
affect any security interest in or Lien against other items of Collateral or any
of Lender's options, powers or rights under this Agreement or otherwise arising.
9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower authorizes Lender at Borrower's expense to
file any financing statements relating to the Collateral (without Borrower's
signature thereon) which Lender deems appropriate and Borrower irrevocably
appoints Lender as its attorney in fact to execute any such financing statements
in Borrower's name and to perform all other acts which Lender deems appropriate
to perfect and to continue perfection of the security interest of Lender.
Borrower hereby appoints Lender as Borrower's attorney in fact to endorse,
present and collect on behalf of Borrower and in Borrower's name any draft,
checks or other documents necessary or desirable to collect any amounts, which
Borrower may be owed. To the extent permitted by applicable law or by the terms
of any such licenses or franchise agreements, Lender is hereby granted a license
or other right to use, without charge, Borrower's labels, patents, copyrights,
rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks and
advertising matter, or any Property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the
Collateral, in advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and Borrower's
rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Lender's
benefit. The proceeds realized from the sale or other disposition of any
Collateral may be applied, after allowing two (2) Business Days for collection,
first to the reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys' fees and expenses
incurred by Lender for collection and for acquisition,
-23-
completion, protection, removal, storage, sale and delivering of the Collateral;
secondly, to interest due upon any of the Indebtedness; and thirdly, to the
principal amount of the Indebtedness. If any deficiency shall arise, Borrower
shall remain liable to Lender therefore.
9.3 Entry. Borrower hereby irrevocably consents to any act by Lender or its
agents in entering upon any premises for the purposes of either (i) inspecting
the Collateral or (ii) taking possession of the Collateral and Borrower hereby
waives its right to assert against Lender or its agents any claim based upon
trespass or any similar cause of action for entering upon any premises where the
Collateral may be located.
9.4 Other Rights. Borrower authorizes Lender without affecting Borrower's
obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document from time to time (i) to
take from any party and hold additional Collateral or guaranties for the payment
of the Indebtedness or any other supporting obligations or any part thereof, and
to exchange, enforce or release such collateral or guaranty of payment of the
Indebtedness or any other supporting obligation or any part thereof and to
release or substitute any endorser or guarantor or any party who has given any
security interest in any collateral as security for the payment of the
Indebtedness or any part thereof or any party in any way obligated to pay the
Indebtedness or any part thereof; and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any Event of Default to direct the manner of the disposition of
the Collateral and the enforcement of any endorsements, guaranties, letters of
credit or other security relating to the Indebtedness or any part thereof as
Lender in its sole discretion may determine.
9.5 Accounts. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event
of Default, Lender may notify any Account Debtor of Lender's security interest
and may direct such Account Debtor to make payment directly to Lender for
application against the Indebtedness. Any such payments received by or on behalf
of Borrower at any time, whether before or after default, shall be the property
of Lender, shall be held in trust for Lender and not commingled with any other
assets of any Person (except to the extent they may be commingled with other
assets of Borrower in an account with Lender) and shall be immediately delivered
to Lender in the form received. Lender shall have the right to apply any
proceeds of Collateral to such of the Indebtedness as it may determine.
9.6 Waiver of Marshaling. Borrower hereby waives any right it may have to
require marshaling of its assets.
10 Miscellaneous.
10.1 No Waiver, Remedies Cumulative. No failure on the part of Lender to
exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any other
Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative
and are in addition to any other remedies provided by law, any Loan Document or
otherwise.
-24-
10.2 Survival of Representations. All representations and warranties made
herein shall survive the making of the Loan hereunder and the delivery of the
Revolving Credit Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as
any Indebtedness is outstanding, there exists any commitment by Lender to
Borrower, and until this Agreement is formally terminated in writing.
10.3 Costs and Expenses. Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of
pocket expenses incurred by Lender (including the reasonable fees, charges and
disbursements of counsel for Lender, in connection with the preparation,
negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the
provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out of pocket
expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal
or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and
(iii) all out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender (including the fees, charges
and disbursements of any counsel for Lender, in connection with the enforcement
or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 10.3, or (B) in
connection with the Revolving Credit Loans made or Letters of Credit issued
hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any
workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Revolving Credit Loans
or Letters of Credit.
10.4 Indemnification by Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify Lender and its
Affiliate, and each officer, director, agent or attorney of any of the foregoing
Persons (each such Person being called an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each
Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel
for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any
Indemnitee by any third party or by Borrower arising out of, in connection with,
or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other
Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the
performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or
thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby, (ii) any Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or
proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by Lender to honor
a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in
connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter
of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of hazardous or
toxic materials on or from any property owned or operated by Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries, or any liability under any Environmental Law related in any
way to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective
claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing,
whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third
party or by Borrower, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party
thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be
available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by
final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by
Borrower against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee's
obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if Borrower has obtained
a final and
-25-
nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction.
10.5 Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim
against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect,
consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages)
arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other
Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the
use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph (b) above
shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of
any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications,
electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby.
10.6 Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other
communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as
provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided
for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight
courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as
follows:
Lender: TD Banknorth, N.A
Asset Based Lending Group
1441 Main Street
Springfield, MA 01103
Attn: James Hickson
Fax: (413) 748-8037
Email: jhickson@banknorth.com
Borrower: TransAct Technologies Incorporated
7 Laser Lane
Wallingford, Connecticut 06492
Attn: Steven A. DeMartino, Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
Fax: (203) 949-9048
Email: sdemartino@transact-tech.com
Copy to: David A. McKay, Esq.
Ropes & Gray
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110-2624
Fax: 617-235-0074
Email: david.mckay@ropesgray.com
-26-
(a) Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by
certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received;
notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except
that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be
deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day
for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the
extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said
paragraph (b).
(b) Notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall
be deemed received upon the sender's receipt of an acknowledgement from the
intended recipient (such as by the "return receipt requested" function, as
available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if
such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours
of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent
at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and
(c) Notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet
website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended
recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (b) of
notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the
website address therefor.
(d) Change of Address, Etc. Any party hereto may change its address or
telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to
the other parties hereto.
10.7 Set Off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time
to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply
any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final,
in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing
by Lender or any Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of Borrower
against any and all of the Indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter existing
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not
Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document and although such Indebtedness may be contingent or unmatured. The
rights of Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other
rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that Lender or its
Affiliates may have. Lender agrees to notify Borrower promptly after any such
setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not
affect the validity of such setoff and application.
10.8 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be deemed
contracts made under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of said commonwealth
(excluding its conflict of laws provisions if such provisions would require
application of the laws of another jurisdiction) except insofar as the laws of
another jurisdiction may, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, govern the
perfection, priority and enforcement of security interests in the Collateral.
10.9 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall
inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender, and their respective successors and
assigns; provided that
-27-
Borrower may not assign any of its rights hereunder without the prior written
consent of Lender, and any such assignment made without such consent will be
void.
10.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of
which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
10.11 No Usury. Regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, the
Amended and Restated Note or in any other Loan Document, if for any reason the
effective interest should exceed the maximum lawful interest, the effective
interest shall be deemed reduced to, and shall be, such maximum lawful interest,
and (i) the amount which would be excessive interest shall be deemed applied to
the reduction of the principal balance of the Amended and Restated Note and not
to the payment of interest, and (ii) if the loan evidenced by the Amended and
Restated Note has been or is thereby paid in full, the excess shall be returned
to the party paying same, such application to the principal balance of the
Amended and Restated Note or the refunding of excess to be a complete settlement
and acquittance thereof.
10.12 Powers. All powers of attorney granted to Lender are coupled with an
interest and are irrevocable.
10.13 Approvals. If this Agreement calls for the approval or consent of
Lender, such approval or consent may be given or withheld in the discretion of
Lender unless otherwise specified herein.
10.14 No Punitive Damages. Each party agrees that it shall not have a
remedy of punitive or exemplary damages against the other in any dispute and
hereby waives any right or claim to punitive or exemplary damages it may have
now or which may arise in the future in connection with any dispute.
10.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,
TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY
OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK
TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER
PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER
THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.15.
10.16 Participations. Lender shall have the right to enter into one or more
participation with other lenders with respect to the Indebtedness. Upon prior
notice to Borrower of such
-28-
participation, Borrower shall thereafter furnish to such participant any
information furnished by Borrower to Lender pursuant to the terms of the Loan
Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prohibit
Lender from pledging or assigning this Agreement and Lender's rights under any
of the other Loan Documents, including collateral therefore, to any Federal
Reserve Lender in accordance with applicable law.
10.17 Dealings with Multiple Borrower. If more than one Person is named as
Borrower hereunder, all Indebtedness, representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities set forth in the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party
shall be joint and several. Lender shall have the right to deal with any
individual of any Borrower with regard to all matters concerning the rights and
obligations of Lender hereunder and pursuant to applicable law with regard to
the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. All actions or inactions
of the officers, managers, members and/or agents of any Borrower with regard to
the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents shall be deemed with full
authority and binding upon all Borrower hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints
each other Borrower as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full right and
power, for purposes of exercising all rights of such Person hereunder and under
applicable law with regard to the transactions contemplated under the Loan
Documents. The foregoing is a material inducement to the agreement of Lender to
enter into the terms hereof and to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby.
10.18 Waiver of Certain Defenses. All rights of Lender and all obligations
of Borrower hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (i)
any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or any other term of, all
or any of the Indebtedness, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent
to any departure from any provision of the Loan Documents, (ii) any exchange,
release or non-perfection of any other collateral given as security for the
Indebtedness, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure
from any guaranty for all or any of the Indebtedness, or (iii) any other
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a
discharge of, Borrower or any third party, other than payment and performance in
full of the Indebtedness.
[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]
-29-
SIGNATURE PAGE FOR AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
TD BANKNORTH, N.A.
By: /s/ James Hickson
------------------------------------
James Hickson
Its Vice President
TRANSACT TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED
By: /s/ Steven A. DeMartino
------------------------------------
Steven A. DeMartino
Its Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
-1-
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-32703, 333-32705, 333-49530, 333-49532,
333-49540, 333-49570, and 333-62269) of TransAct Technologies Incorporated of
our report dated March 15, 2007 relating to the financial statements, financial
statement schedule, management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10 K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Hartford, CT
March 15, 2007
60
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Bart C. Shuldman, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of TransAct
Technologies Incorporated;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to
the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused
such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or
caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered
by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based
on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management
or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2007
/s/ Bart C. Shuldman
- ------------------------------------
Bart C. Shuldman
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
61
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Steven A. DeMartino, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of TransAct
Technologies Incorporated;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to
the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused
such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or
caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered
by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based
on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management
or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2007
/s/ Steven A. DeMartino
- ------------------------------------
Steven A. DeMartino
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary
62
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of TransAct Technologies Incorporated (the
"Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2006, as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I,
Bart C. Shuldman, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
of the Company.
Date: March 15, 2007
/s/ Bart C. Shuldman
- ------------------------------------
Bart C. Shuldman
Chief Executive Officer
63
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of TransAct Technologies Incorporated (the
"Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2006, as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I,
Steven A. DeMartino, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
of the Company.
Date: March 15, 2007
/s/ Steven A. DeMartino
- ------------------------------------
Steven A. DeMartino
Chief Financial Officer
64